Blog • Windmill

Patient recruitment in clinical trials:  a multi-channel landscape where traditional methods meet digital platforms, a variety of communication mediums, and where reaching the right participants feels like finding a needle in a haystack.  

How do we navigate this complexity? 

In the clinical trials sector, patient recruitment is the crucial first step, setting the foundation for successful research outcomes. However, the landscape has evolved dramatically with the adoption of multi-channel patient recruitment platforms. While these platforms promise enhanced reach and engagement, they also bring many barriers, challenges, and driving the cost of inefficiencies.  

Barriers are present throughout. One of the most challenging is the fragmented nature of communication channels. From social media to healthcare provider referrals, from online communities to print advertisements, the options are endless.  

Navigating this fragmented landscape requires strategic planning and resource allocation, often leading to inefficiencies and redundancies. 

Moreover, the diverse demographics and preferences of potential participants add another layer of complexity. What works for one segment may fall flat for another. Tailoring recruitment strategies to specific target audiences becomes a daunting task, requiring deep insights and constant adaptation. 

Additionally, regulatory hurdles pose another challenge. With stringent data privacy regulations and ethical considerations, ensuring compliance across channels becomes a priority The need for robust consent mechanisms and data security measures adds another layer of complexity to an already intricate process. 

Measuring the effectiveness of multi-channel recruitment efforts poses a significant challenge. Unlike traditional methods with tangible metrics, such as call volumes or flyer distribution, tracking engagement across digital platforms is more nuanced. Metrics like click-through rates, conversion rates, and engagement levels provide valuable insights but require sophisticated analytics tools and expertise. 

So, how do we navigate this landscape? The key lies in strategic integration and workflow optimisation. 

multi channel performance

Windmill Digital Healthcare are at the heart of shaping digital workflows, real time recruitment dashboard and have created a solution to holistically view recruitment performance.  

Benefits: 

By leveraging data-driven insights, complex analysis of reporting, and streamlining processes, we can:

  • enhance efficiency and effectiveness;
  • provide better insights with faster and more agile process;
  • making it easier to measure the return on investment (ROI).

Moreover, adopting a patient-centric approach is paramount. Understanding the needs, preferences, and concerns of potential participants enables us to support the client in tailoring specific recruitment strategies. 

Conclusion:

In conclusion, the complexity of multi-channel patient recruitment platforms presents numerous challenges in clinical trials. Navigating this landscape requires strategic planning, innovation, and a patient-centric mindset. By overcoming these barriers and inefficiencies, we can unlock the full potential of multi-channel recruitment, advancing medical research and improving patient outcomes. 

Staying competitive and relevant requires more than just keeping up with the latest trends. It demands a structured and forward-thinking approach known as an innovation strategy. This comprehensive guide will walk you through what an innovation strategy is, why it’s crucial, and how it can revolutionize your business.

From the foundational concepts to real-world examples, we’ll explore how businesses, with or without the assistance of innovation strategy consulting, are harnessing the power of innovation to drive success.

What is Innovation Strategy?

An organization’s structured plan or approach to fostering and managing innovation within its operations is known as an innovation strategy. It defines a precise course for coming up with fresh concepts, putting them into practice, and eventually achieving long-term growth and competitiveness.

Setting objectives, allocating resources, and fostering an innovative culture are all essential components of a successful innovation plan. It can cover a wide range of topics, including customer engagement, process optimization, and market growth. Organizations can adapt to shifting market dynamics, keep one step ahead of competitors, and satisfy changing customer demands and expectations by implementing an innovation strategy.

Benefits of an Innovation Strategy

An innovation strategy offers many benefits for businesses, whether they embark on this journey independently or seek guidance from innovation strategy consulting. Below listed are some of the benefits of an innovation strategy:

Competitive Edge

With the tools and mindset to innovate proactively, this strategy helps organizations to stay ahead of the curve. Companies can recognize and seize growth opportunities, differentiate themselves from competitors, and improve their business innovation strategy by engaging in systematic innovation.

By utilizing external expertise and best practices, incorporating insights from innovation strategy consulting services helps strengthen this edge. As a result, the company becomes more inventive and adaptable, able to respond quickly to shifting market dynamics, satisfy growing client expectations, and keep a solid foothold in the industry.

Structured Approach

A planned and systematic approach to innovation is introduced by an innovation strategy, which is essential for putting creative initiatives into action. Businesses can use this well-structured framework as a road map for creating, putting into practice, and managing their innovation initiatives.

This organized method can be improved further by the assistance of innovation strategy consulting services, which can assist firms in customizing their plans to meet their unique demands and market dynamics. The end result is an efficient and well-structured innovation process that fosters imagination and idea development and guarantees that innovations are in line with the long-term aims and objectives of the business.

Enhanced Creativity

An innovation strategy helps firms become more creative. Embracing an innovative culture motivates staff to think creatively and generate original ideas. This focus on innovation techniques may result in a more dynamic workplace where employees feel free to experiment with new concepts.

Services for innovation strategy consulting can improve this creative environment even more. These outside specialists frequently bring a wealth of knowledge and best practices, sparking original thought and expanding the bounds of conventional problem-solving.

Risk Mitigation

An innovation strategy is essential for avoiding risks related to innovation operations. It is not just about coming up with original ideas. An innovation strategy assists firms in selecting the innovations to pursue, effectively allocating resources, and managing any risks by offering a defined framework and a clear plan.

Including information from innovation strategy consulting services can improve risk reduction even more. They frequently bring a thorough awareness of potential problems and can assist companies in navigating the complicated innovation landscape while reducing risks. As a result, risks are identified and methodically addressed, leading to a more considered and informed approach to innovation.

Improved Efficiency

Businesses may optimize resource allocation, streamline processes, and save operating costs by systematically developing and executing innovations. One of the key components of a well-designed company innovation strategy is this emphasis on efficiency. By identifying potential areas for efficiency improvements, innovation strategy consulting services can boost efficiency.

They provide the organization with a new point of view by highlighting inefficiencies that may have gone unnoticed internally. Costs are reduced, and resources can be redirected toward innovative projects, giving businesses a competitive advantage and increased market presence.

Customer-Centric Solutions

An innovation strategy places a heavy emphasis on creating customer-centric solutions that synchronize innovation efforts with those of the target market. By drawing on outside experience and industry knowledge, incorporating insights from innovation strategy consulting services can improve the creation of customer-centric products even more.

It results in the development of goods, services, and solutions that are precisely tuned to satisfy client needs and provide the most potential value. The success of the innovation strategy as a whole is attributed to the customer-centric approach’s increased satisfaction and loyalty.

Revenue Growth

Organizations can open up new revenue streams, broaden their market reach, and boost their market share by encouraging an innovation culture and systematically pursuing new product or service advancements. By utilizing their knowledge in identifying opportunities in the market and developing effective techniques for seizing them, innovation strategy consulting services can increase revenue growth.

As a result, the business is well-positioned to grow its revenue through new markets, creative offers, and increased competition. The firm is better positioned for long-term market success because of this revenue increase, which also improves financial performance.

Market Adaptation

Organizations can more easily adjust to shifting market conditions and changing customer preferences with the aid of an innovation strategy. Businesses may stay adaptable and sensitive to changes in the market by systematically pursuing innovative solutions, ensuring that their products or services remain relevant.

Using their knowledge of market dynamics and trends, innovation strategy consulting services help improve market adaption. These professionals often have a thorough awareness of the prospects in emerging markets and may help organizations modify their strategies accordingly.

Talent Attraction

An innovation strategy helps the company to be more creative and is essential in luring top talent. Businesses that foster an innovative culture attract creative and inventive people ready to share their ideas.

Businesses become more appealing to potential employees because of the reputation for innovation and access to networks of top talent brought by innovation strategy consulting services. As a result, a dynamic and creative environment is fostered in the workplace, attracting the best and brightest. This gives companies access to the knowledge and innovations of top individuals and establishes the company as a hub for industry innovation and thought leadership.

Long-Term Sustainability

A long-term sustainability strategy is built on an innovation strategy, which is more than just a short-term plan. By utilizing their knowledge in identifying new trends and possibilities that have the potential to propel the organization’s growth for years, innovation strategy consulting services can further improve long-term sustainability.

It puts the company in a position to remain flexible and relevant regardless of changes in markets, technologies, and customer preferences. This tactical approach assures the organization’s survival and puts it on the right track for long-term success in the industry.

Examples of Innovation Strategy in Action

To understand how innovation strategy can drive transformative change within organizations, let’s look at a real-world case.

Alex Morgan is a forward-thinking Chief Information Officer (CIO) of FutureBank. With a background rich in integrating tech solutions in the banking sector, Alex is no stranger to innovation. However, his latest challenge involves implementing a systematic approach to harness consistent and breakthrough innovations for FutureBank.

To navigate the complex landscape of innovation, Alex introduces the Transformation Navigation Team. He initiates a RACI matrix workshop, a simple yet effective means for defining project roles and responsibilities. In the matrix:

R (Responsible): Identifies the person performing the task.
A (Accountable): Ensures completion of the task.
C (Consulted): Provides input.
I (Informed): Receives updates on progress.

With clear responsibilities established, the Transformation Navigation Team is focused on auditing and strengthening internal capabilities. Alex initiates training and certification initiatives, engaging industry experts to ensure that teams are well-equipped and mature enough to take on challenges.

These internal capabilities fortify FutureBank’s innovation engine, ensuring that every idea is rooted in robust processes and expertise. The initiatives include maturity assessment, coaching, mentoring, design thinking training and certification, expert guidance, and collaboration with design and technology partners.

With the Transformation Navigation Team in place and internal groups armed with hands-on training and tools, the journey commences with a focus on Business Strategy. The team starts by refreshing the business model for the bank and reviewing its value proposition for key customer segments, using tools like the business model and value proposition canvas.

Furthermore, they delve into cross-product service maps, outlining key processes from client acquisition to the investment lifecycle. These comprehensive tools offer an end-to-end view of service delivery, highlighting customer-facing and internal processes. They promote a holistic approach, maximize operational efficiency, and foster a shared understanding of processes.

With a shared understanding of the business model and a clear view of gaps and bottlenecks in the service map, the team proceeds to define objectives and shortlist ideas. They use the Innovation Canvas to brainstorm solutions and prioritize experiments that align with the organization’s goals.

Using a prioritization matrix, the team selects three experiments with the best balance of feasibility and impact on the organization.

This case illustrates how an effective innovation strategy, guided by a visionary leader like Alex Morgan, can propel an organization towards consistent and breakthrough innovations while strengthening its internal capabilities.

Final Thoughts

The secret to realizing the full potential of your company and safeguarding its future is innovation strategy. The rewards are obvious, from increasing productivity to luring top personnel and staying ahead of the competition.

Be mindful of the fact that innovation is not constrained by industry or size as you examine examples of innovation strategy. It’s a way of thinking, a will to accept change, and a journey that can take your company to new heights. So go ahead, put these strategies to use, and let innovation be the catalyst for your success.

FAQs

  1. What is an innovation strategy, and why is it important?
    An organized plan for encouraging innovation and putting new concepts into practice within a company is known as an innovation strategy. Continually creating and putting into use innovative solutions, goods, or processes, it’s essential for maintaining competitiveness, adjusting to change, and promoting growth.
  2. How does an innovation strategy differ from a business strategy?
    An innovation strategy focuses on driving creativity and implementing new ideas, while a business strategy is a broader plan outlining how a company achieves its goals. Innovation strategy is a subset of business strategy, specifically addressing creativity and new product development, which can significantly impact a company’s success.
  3. What are the key components of an innovation strategy?
    Setting specific goals, promoting a culture of creativity, distributing resources, establishing processes, and regularly monitoring and improving innovation efforts are key components of an innovation strategy.
  4. What are the primary objectives of implementing an innovation strategy?
    The primary objectives of establishing an innovation strategy into effect are to promote growth, boost competitiveness, boost productivity, and develop customer-centric solutions.
  5. What are the key benefits of having a well-defined innovation strategy?
    Gaining a competitive edge, encouraging creativity, reducing risks, improving efficiency, increasing revenue, adjusting to market changes, luring top talent, and guaranteeing long-term sustainability in a quickly changing business environment are some of the key benefits of a well-defined innovation strategy.
  6. Is an Innovation Strategy only relevant for large corporations, or can small businesses benefit as well?
    All sizes of businesses can benefit from innovation strategies. Maintaining flexibility, adapting to market changes, and creating original solutions are all advantages for small businesses. They can become more competitive and promote growth by using customized innovation strategies.
  7. What are some potential risks associated with an Innovation Strategy?
    Resource allocation issues, failure to bring innovations to the market, excessive development expenses, and internal reluctance to change are among possible risks associated with an innovation strategy.

Customer experience has evolved into a pivotal differentiator in the dynamic business world. Crafting a robust customer experience strategy is no longer just a buzzworthy term; it’s a necessity in today’s digital landscape. This blog will guide you through the ten essential steps to create a stellar customer experience strategy.

From understanding the core principles to mastering the latest digital customer experience strategy techniques, we’ve got you covered. Let’s set out to enhance customer satisfaction, foster loyalty, and drive your organization’s success by implementing best practices for customer experience strategy.

10 Steps to Build a Customer Experience Strategy

Creating an outstanding customer experience is the outcome of a well-thought-out customer experience strategy and not just a mere coincidence. Here are ten essential measures to help you provide a solid groundwork for your company’s customer experience initiatives.

1. Understand Your Audience

Start by creating detailed customer personas that encapsulate various facets of your customer base. Consider demographics, such as age, location, and gender, as well as psychographics, which delve into their attitudes, values, and behaviors.

Consider elements like your audience’s preferred digital customer experience channels and communication styles as you dig into their digital interactions and preferences. Analyzing their online activity and feedback will give you priceless knowledge about what they anticipate from your company. This thorough understanding will serve as the cornerstone for developing a plan that connects with your audience and entices them to return for more.

2. Set Clear Objectives

Setting clear objectives within your customer experience strategy is the compass that guides your journey. It involves defining specific, measurable, and time-bound goals that align with your organization’s mission. Rather than a vague aim, you might want to establish a precise target that is achievable.

These goals act as quantifiable benchmarks that let you know how well you’re doing when measured using KPIs like Net Promoter Score (NPS) or Customer Satisfaction (CSAT). They must be practical, considering your capabilities and resource availability, and flexible enough to change with the quickly evolving business environment. Establishing specific goals can help you plot your course and ensure your customer experience strategy is an effort motivated by goals and outcomes.

3. Map Customer Journeys

Mapping customer journeys refers to tracing the paths customers travel when interacting with your brand, from the first touchpoint to post-purchase. This method helps you understand the various stages of the customer experience by identifying critical times in their interactions with your company. Customers may interact with these journeys through a variety of channels and devices, making them complicated and non-linear.

You can visualize the complete client experience by mapping these travels, which is helpful for identifying pain points, delightful moments, and areas that can be improved. It gives you the ability to customize your tactics, content, and interactions to improve the whole customer experience and synchronize it with your goals.

4. Gather Customer Feedback

Use surveys, interviews, and feedback forms to get insightful information about the expectations and experiences of your customers. These interactions offer data that can be evaluated to identify certain problem areas and ones where your approach has to pay special attention. You may effectively gather and examine online reviews, social media mentions, and digital feedback using specialist customer experience management (CEM) solutions.

Such tools give you a thorough understanding of how your customers feel and behave across a range of digital touchpoints, empowering you to make informed decisions. You may ensure that your strategy is in line with your consumers’ expectations and levels of satisfaction by collecting and analyzing this feedback.

5. Leverage Technology

Digital solutions and customer experience management (CEM) platforms are at the forefront of effectively collecting and analyzing customer data. Tracking interactions, criticism, and performance across numerous digital touchpoints is made possible by these tools. The deployment of proactive digital customer experience management is made easier by technology. It makes it possible to give individualized and relevant digital interactions and content.

Utilizing technology, you may maintain a consolidated repository for customer data and interactions by seamlessly integrating customer relationship management (CRM) solutions. This unified data center is essential for personalizing interactions and ensuring that your customer experience plan corresponds with the audience’s digital preferences.

6. Employee Engagement

Employees who are actively involved in their work are more likely to be motivated, skilled, and committed to the objectives of your customer experience strategy. Programs for training employees that emphasize customer-centric procedures can be implemented by organizations. The significance of comprehending digital client behavior, preferences, and the precise objectives of the strategy should be emphasized.

Create a team to manage the digital customer experience or assign people to keep an eye on, react to, and enhance digital interactions. These teams can supply pertinent digital content by using customer relationship management (CRM) tools to stay up to date on customer needs. Through these systems, workers are encouraged to share their knowledge and expertise, promoting ongoing development.

7. Design Consistency

Design consistency is the maintenance of uniformity in the interactive and aesthetic components of your digital touchpoints across a variety of channels, which promotes reliability and trust in your brand. Establish branding standards for the use of digital assets such as color palettes, fonts, logos, and interface elements. To make sure their work is consistent with the brand identity, digital content providers and designers can use these standards as a guide.

Extend these rules across all digital platforms, like as websites, social media, mobile apps, and email marketing, to provide a consistent and comfortable user experience. The deployment of branding components and templates to ensure consistency is made easier by digital content management systems (CMS) and design tools.

8. Implement Improvements

In this process, strategic changes are made to improve the customer experience based on the knowledge and information gathered. Prioritizing problems and improvements in accordance with how they will affect the overall experience of customers is crucial. To ensure a quick and significant improvement in customer satisfaction, focus initially on high-impact pain issues.

Tracking the development of these improvements can be incredibly helpful when using digital customer experience management (CEM) solutions. As you update your digital content and touchpoints, they enable you to track changes in customer satisfaction, engagement, and other relevant key performance indicators (KPIs). Even after making adjustments, keep collecting feedback and data to assess their impact.

9. Measure and Analyze

In this step, you’ll utilize specific key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure the effect of your plan, like the Net Promoter Score (NPS) and customer satisfaction (CSAT). A quantified overview of consumer sentiment and the general health of your digital customer experiences is provided by routinely monitoring these KPIs. These indicators allow you to determine whether your initiatives and alterations have a positive impact on customer satisfaction and loyalty.

Customer feedback, digital interactions, and the performance of numerous digital touchpoints are all examined through analysis to identify trends, patterns, and areas that need more focus. Digital customer experience management (CEM) tools are essential for this step because they provide thorough dashboards and reporting capabilities that allow for performance monitoring and analysis.

10. Iterate and Innovate

Iteration entails going back and modifying your current strategies and approaches in light of the facts and insights you have gathered. To improve the digital customer experience, you go through a process of continuous improvement. On the other hand, innovation focuses on finding fresh and original approaches to advance your strategy. It entails keeping up with the most recent digital trends, technology, and customer experience management (CEM) best practices.

Advanced data analytics and digital customer experience management (CEM) solutions are essential in this stage. These tools enable you to measure the outcomes of your iterative and inventive efforts and pinpoint areas where innovation is required.

Final Thoughts

Understanding, engagement, and ongoing change are crucial to success. Your digital customer experience strategy is a live, breathing creation that thrives on input and changes to the ever-evolving digital dynamics, not a static plan.

You’ve laid a strong foundation for a strategy to promote customer pleasure, loyalty, and, eventually, the success of your company by putting these ten steps into practice. Keep in mind that just as the digital world never stops, neither should your dedication to providing top-notch experiences.

FAQs

  • What is a customer experience strategy, and why is it important for businesses?
    A customer experience strategy is an action plan created to foster successful, dependable, and significant interactions between a company and its clients. Businesses need it because it has a direct impact on customer satisfaction, brand loyalty, and business success. A carefully developed approach promotes long-lasting, valuable connections and aids in exceeding customer expectations.
  • How does a customer experience strategy contribute to the success of a company?
    A customer experience strategy contributes to a company’s success by enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty. Satisfied customers are more likely to return, refer others, and make repeat purchases. This leads to increased revenue and a stronger market position, ultimately boosting the company’s success.
  • What are the key components of a customer experience strategy?
    Understanding the needs of customers, tracking customer journeys, getting feedback, utilizing technology, and implementing continuous improvement are important elements of a customer experience strategy.
  • Can you provide an overview of the 10 essential steps involved in building a customer experience strategy?
    Here’s an overview of the 10 essential steps for building a customer experience strategy:
    • Understand Your Audience
    • Set Clear Objectives
    • Map Customer Journeys
    • Gather Customer Feedback
    • Leverage Technology
    • Employee Engagement
    • Design Consistency
    • Implement Improvements
    • Measure and Analyze
    • Iterate and Innovate
  • How often should I revisit and update my Customer Experience Strategy?
    Review and adapt your customer experience strategy frequently to reflect changing market conditions, consumer preferences, and customer feedback. Aim for at least a yearly review, but be ready to alter it as necessary to maintain its efficacy.
  • How do I measure the success of my Customer Experience Strategy?
    Through key performance indicators (KPIs) like Net Promoter Score (NPS), Customer Satisfaction (CSAT), and Customer Retention Rates, you may assess the effectiveness of your Customer Experience Strategy.
  • What are some common challenges in implementing a Customer Experience Strategy?
    Aligning organizational culture, gathering and analyzing customer data efficiently, and ensuring consistent execution across every customer’s touchpoint are common obstacles to adopting a customer experience strategy.
  • What role does customer research play in shaping a successful customer experience strategy?
    A good customer experience strategy is shaped substantially by customer research. Insights into client wants, preferences, and pain areas are provided, influencing the creation of the strategy and ensuring that it is resonant with the intended audience, resulting in greater customer satisfaction and loyalty.

The ever-evolving digital landscape challenges businesses to stay ahead by delivering exceptional customer experiences. “Customer Experience” (CX) and “User Experience” (UX) are two terms that often come into play. While they may sound interchangeable, they represent distinct aspects of a product or service journey, each holding its significance.

Understanding the nuances between customer and user experience is crucial for industry professionals and anyone seeking to create impactful digital solutions. In this blog, we delve deep into the world of CX and UX, dissecting their differences and uncovering why grasping this disparity is essential for crafting digital experiences that truly resonate with your audience.

What is Customer Experience?

Customer Experience (CX) is a customer’s overall perception and interaction with a brand, product, or service throughout the customer journey. It encompasses every touchpoint and interaction a customer has with a company, from the initial awareness and research stage to the purchase process, post-purchase support, and ongoing engagement.

Customer experience is a cumulative result of multiple interactions and experiences. It includes digital and physical interactions, such as using a website or app, contacting customer support, receiving a product, or visiting a physical store. A positive customer experience results in customer satisfaction, loyalty, and advocacy, which are essential for long-term business success.

What is User Experience?

User Experience (UX) is an individual’s overall experience when interacting with a product, system, or service. It focuses on how users perceive, interact with, and feel about the product or service’s design, usability, and functionality. UX design aims to create products and experiences that are user-centered, intuitive, and enjoyable.

User experience focuses on understanding the user’s goals, motivations, and pain points to create a seamless and satisfying experience. A well-designed UX increases user satisfaction, lowers abandonment rates, and improves user retention.

Customer Experience vs User Experience: What’s the Difference?

Customer Experience (CX) and User Experience (UX) are both related but distinct concepts that focus on different aspects of interactions with a company’s products, services, or brand. Let us look at the breakdown of the key differences between customer experience and user experience.

Scope of Focus

Customer experience encompasses the entire end-to-end journey of a customer’s interactions with a company, including marketing, sales, customer support, and post-purchase experiences. It considers interactions both online and offline, spanning the entire customer journey.

User experience focuses on user interactions with a product, system, or service. It is primarily concerned with the design, usability, and functionality of that product or service.

Target Audience

Customer experience involves a broader range of audiences, such as stakeholders, customers, prospects, partners, and employees. It focuses on how various interactions impact overall brand perception and relationships.

User experience is more user-centric and primarily concerns the experience of individuals who directly engage with a product or service.

Context

Customer experience considers the overall context of a customer’s relationship with the company. It includes marketing communications, brand perception, and customer service interactions.

User experience focuses on the specific context of a user’s interaction with a particular product or service. This may include aspects such as ease of use, navigation, and satisfaction within that context.

Goals

The primary goal of customer experience is to build and maintain positive relationships with customers, driving customer loyalty, retention, and advocacy.

The primary goal of user experience is to optimize the usability and user satisfaction of a specific product or service, ultimately improving user adoption and engagement.

Metrics

Metrics for CX include Net Promoter Score (NPS), Customer Satisfaction (CSAT), Customer Effort Score (CES), and customer retention rates.

Metrics for UX include usability testing, task success rates, user satisfaction surveys, and user engagement metrics.

Why Does the Difference Matter?

Understanding and appreciating the difference between Customer Experience (CX) and User Experience (UX) is crucial for several reasons. It empowers organizations to allocate resources efficiently, tailor strategies, and create products and services that resonate with their audience.

Strategic Alignment

Recognizing customer experience vs. user experience helps organizations appropriately align their strategies and resources. CX strategies focus on overall customer satisfaction and loyalty, while UX strategies are more granular, concentrating on the design and usability of specific products or services. By knowing the difference, companies can develop targeted strategies for both areas.

Resource Allocation

Companies have limited resources, and knowing the difference between CX and UX enables them to allocate resources effectively. For example, if customer feedback indicates dissatisfaction with a website’s usability (UX), resources can be directed toward improving the website’s design and functionality. Conversely, if customer satisfaction is low across multiple touchpoints (CX), resources may need to be allocated to broader customer service or marketing efforts.

Specialized Expertise

CX and UX require different skill sets and expertise. CX involves marketing, customer service, and brand management, while UX involves design, usability, and user research. Recognizing the distinction allows organizations to hire and develop specialized talent in each area, ensuring customer experience and product usability receive the attention they deserve.

Improved Customer Understanding

Distinguishing CX vs. UX allows companies to understand their customers better. By examining the broader customer journey (CX), organizations can identify pain points, moments of delight, and areas where loyalty can be built. Simultaneously, analyzing the specific interactions and usability of products (UX) helps pinpoint where design improvements are needed.

Enhanced Problem Solving

Organizations can approach problem-solving more effectively when they grasp the difference between CX and UX. If a company faces a decline in customer retention (a CX issue), it can analyze the entire customer journey to identify contributing factors. If a specific product has low user adoption (a UX issue), they can focus on refining the product’s design and functionality.

Customer-Centricity

Understanding both CX and UX promotes a more customer-centric approach. Companies that prioritize both areas are more likely to create products and services that meet customer needs and expectations, leading to increased customer loyalty and advocacy.

Competitive Advantage

Companies that excel in CX and UX can gain a significant competitive advantage. Satisfied customers are more likely to return, recommend the brand to others, and become brand advocates, resulting in increased market share and revenue.

Final Thoughts

In conclusion, the distinction between CX and UX is more than an academic exercise; it’s a compass guiding organizations toward success. By mastering both the art of creating exceptional customer journeys and crafting user-friendly products, companies can secure the loyalty of their audience and stay ahead in today’s dynamic market. So, remember, in the journey toward excellence, it’s not just about making the right impression; it’s about making every interaction count.

FAQs

  1. What is the fundamental difference between customer experience and user experience?
    Customer Experience (CX) covers all interactions with a brand, including marketing and support. User Experience (UX) focuses specifically on interactions with a product or service.
  2. How do customer experience and user experience impact a business differently?
    Customer Experience (CX) impacts overall brand perception, loyalty, and advocacy. User Experience (UX) directly influences product adoption, satisfaction, and engagement.
  3. Can you define customer experience (CX) in more detail?
    Customer Experience (CX) encompasses every touchpoint and interaction a customer has with a brand, including marketing, sales, service, and post-purchase experiences. A customer’s holistic perception based on these interactions influences their loyalty and brand advocacy.
  4. Can you define user experience (UX) in more detail?
    User Experience (UX) focuses on the specific interactions individuals have with a product, system, or service. It’s all about making these interactions user-friendly, efficient, and satisfying, ultimately driving user adoption and engagement.
  5. How does a positive User Experience (UX) contribute to a better Customer Experience (CX)?
    A positive User Experience (UX) enhances overall Customer Experience (CX) by making products or services more user-friendly, leading to higher customer satisfaction, increased loyalty, and improved brand perception.
  6. How can a business improve both Customer Experience (CX) and User Experience (UX) simultaneously?
    To improve both Customer Experience (CX) and User Experience (UX) simultaneously, a business should:
    • Align CX and UX strategies.
    • Invest in user research.
    • Prioritize feedback and iteration.
    • Foster a customer-centric culture.
    • Train and empower employees for better interactions.
  7. Are customer experience (CX) and user experience (UX) terms that can be used interchangeably?
    No, Customer Experience (CX) and User Experience (UX) are not interchangeable terms. CX is about the overall journey with a brand, while UX focuses on specific interactions with a product or service. Both are important but distinct aspects of the customer journey.

Staying ahead of the curve is essential in the fast-paced digital design world, where user expectations constantly evolve. As we embark on the journey into 2024, the User Experience (UX) landscape is poised for exciting advancements and innovations. To thrive in this dynamic design era, embracing the latest UX design best practices that will meet and exceed user expectations is crucial.

In this blog, we’ll unveil the top 10 UX best practices that promise to define the gold standard for optimal user experiences in 2024. Join us as we explore the strategies and techniques that will set your digital creations apart and delight users like never before.

What is User Experience (UX)?

User Experience (UX) is a person’s overall experience and satisfaction when interacting with a product, system, or service. It encompasses various user interaction aspects, including perceptions, emotions, preferences, and usability assessments. UX design aims to create products and experiences that are user-centered, intuitive, and enjoyable, ultimately meeting the needs and expectations of the users while achieving business goals.

What is the Importance of User Experience?

User Experience (UX) is crucial because it directly impacts customer satisfaction, retention, and loyalty. A well-designed UX enhances efficiency, reduces support costs, and differentiates a product or service in a competitive market. It drives higher conversion rates, encourages positive word-of-mouth, and fuels brand loyalty.

10 Best UX Design & Strategy Practices to Look Forward to in 2024

It is crucial to keep an eye on emerging UX design practices that promise to shape the user experiences of tomorrow. Here are 10 UX practices that are poised to make a significant impact in 2024 and beyond.

1. Mobile-First Design

With the increasing use of smartphones and tablets, it’s vital to prioritize mobile-friendly design. Mobile-first design is a design approach that prioritizes designing for mobile devices before considering larger screens like desktops or tablets.

However, it doesn’t mean ignoring desktop users; instead, it’s about ensuring that the core user experience is outstanding on mobile and then expanding and enhancing it for larger screens. This approach aligns with users’ evolving habits and expectations in an increasingly mobile-centric world.

2. Accessibility

Accessibility refers to ensuring that everyone, including individuals with disabilities, can perceive, interact with, and use digital content and services effectively. It aims to create an inclusive environment where all users, regardless of their abilities or disabilities, can access and interact with digital products and services without barriers.

It involves compatibility with assistive technologies, such as screen readers, voice recognition software, and keyboard navigation tools. WCAG is a widely accepted set of guidelines developed by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) to make web content more accessible. These guidelines provide a framework for designers and developers to ensure that websites and web applications are accessible to a wide range of users.

3. Performance Optimization

Performance optimization is the process of improving the speed, efficiency, and overall responsiveness of these digital assets. It aims to enhance the user experience by ensuring that content loads quickly, interactions are smooth, and resources are used efficiently. It is essential for providing a positive user experience, reducing bounce rates, improving search engine rankings, and maximizing the reach and impact of digital products and websites.

Users expect fast-loading pages and smooth interactions. Optimize your website or app’s performance by minimizing page load times, compressing images, and using content delivery networks (CDNs) to serve assets efficiently. A speedy experience keeps users engaged and satisfied.

4. Minimalistic Design

Minimalistic design, often referred to as minimalism, is a design approach characterized by simplicity, focusing on essential elements and eliminating unnecessary elements or distractions. It’s about achieving a clean, uncluttered, visually appealing design emphasizing clarity and the core message.

Minimalistic design is not about lacking creativity or visual interest; instead, it’s about distilling design to its essential elements, creating an aesthetically pleasing and user-friendly experience. Keep your design simple and uncluttered. Avoid overwhelming users with too much information or too many design elements. Use white space effectively, choose a clean and consistent layout, and prioritize clear typography.

5. User-Centered Design

User-centered design (UCD) is a design approach that prioritizes the needs, preferences, and behaviors of users throughout the design and development process of products, services, or systems. It places the user at the center of decision-making, aiming to create intuitive, efficient, and enjoyable solutions.

Conduct user research to understand your target audience’s needs, preferences, and pain points. Use this information to inform your design decisions. Create user personas, conduct user interviews, and perform usability testing to ensure your design aligns with user goals.

6. Consistency

Consistency in design refers to maintaining uniformity and coherence in the visual and functional elements of a product, system, or brand. It ensures that similar elements and interactions are presented in the same way throughout the design, providing users with a predictable and familiar experience.

Consistency in design is a fundamental principle that enhances user experience, brand recognition, and usability. Consistency in design elements and patterns helps users intuitively navigate your product or website. Maintain a uniform color scheme, typography, and layout throughout your digital experience.

7. Personalization

Personalization involves tailoring content, experiences, and interactions to meet the unique preferences, behaviors, and needs of individual users. It aims to create more engaging and relevant experiences by delivering content or features that resonate with each user on a personal level.

Users appreciate tailored experiences. Implement personalization by using data and user preferences to recommend relevant content, products, or services. Personalization enhances engagement and user satisfaction. Yet, it requires careful planning, ethical considerations, and a balance between user privacy and providing tailored experiences.

8. Usability Testing

Usability testing is a user research method used in designing and developing products, websites, and applications to evaluate their usability and identify areas for improvement. It involves observing real users as they interact with a prototype or an existing product to understand how easily they can accomplish specific tasks and achieve their goals.

Regularly conduct usability tests with real users to identify and address issues in your design. Usability testing includes observing how users interact with your product and collecting feedback. It helps uncover usability problems and allows for iterative improvements.

9. Content Strategy

Content strategy is a strategic approach to planning, creating, organizing, and distributing content across various digital and offline channels. It aims to align content with an organization’s goals and user needs, ensuring that the right content is delivered to the right audience at the right time.

High-quality content is essential for a positive user experience. Develop a clear content strategy that focuses on delivering relevant, concise, and engaging content. Use a hierarchy that prioritizes important information and ensures that content aligns with user needs and goals.

10. Cross-Platform Compatibility

Often referred to as cross-platform development or cross-platform compatibility testing, is the practice of ensuring that a digital product, application, or software can run consistently and effectively on various operating systems (OS), devices, and web browsers without issues or significant modifications.       

Users access digital content on various devices and browsers. Ensure cross-platform compatibility by testing your product on different devices, screen sizes, and browsers. Responsive design and browser compatibility testing help deliver a consistent experience to all users.

Final Thoughts

As we look ahead to 2024, the 10 UX design best practices outlined in this blog will continue to be guiding principles for designers, developers, and businesses alike. It is crucial to remember that UX is not a one-time endeavor; it’s an ongoing commitment to understanding your users, adapting to their needs, and delivering exceptional experiences.

As technology advances and user behaviors evolve, staying attuned to these best practices will help you steer the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead, ensuring that your digital products and services stand out in the crowd.

FAQs

  1. What is UX (User Experience), and why is it important for websites and apps?
    UX (User Experience) refers to a user’s overall experience while interacting with a website, app, or product. It encompasses everything from usability and functionality to aesthetics and emotional impact. UX is crucial as it directly impacts user satisfaction, engagement, and loyalty. A positive UX leads to better user retention, increased conversions, and competitive advantage, while a poor UX can drive users away and harm a brand’s reputation.
  2. What are the primary goals of creating an optimal user experience?
    The primary goals of creating an optimal user experience (UX) are to satisfy user needs, enhance usability, increase user satisfaction, drive conversions, build brand loyalty, reduce costs, and stay competitive.
  3. What role does user research play in the UX design process?
    User research is integral to the UX design process, providing critical insights into user behaviors, needs, and preferences. It guides designers in creating products that align with user expectations, resulting in more intuitive and effective solutions. User research methods such as surveys, interviews, usability testing, and personas help identify pain points, uncover opportunities for improvement, and validate design decisions.
  4. How can AI and machine learning enhance UX in 2024?
    AI and machine learning are poised to revolutionize UX in 2024 by offering personalized experiences, predictive recommendations, and enhanced automation. AI can analyze user data to tailor content and interactions to individual preferences, making products more relevant and engaging. Overall, AI and machine learning will elevate UX by delivering more efficient, intuitive, and user-centric digital experiences.
  5. Why is performance optimization crucial for UX in 2024?
    Performance optimization is crucial for UX strategy and design in 2024 because users expect fast-loading, responsive, and efficient digital experiences. Slow websites or applications can lead to frustration, high bounce rates, and user abandonment. In an era where attention spans are limited, performance optimization ensures that users can access content and complete tasks quickly, resulting in a smoother and more satisfying user experience.

Product design blends creativity, innovation, and problem-solving to shape the products that enrich our daily lives. Whether you’re a developer, product manager, or project manager, unlocking your full potential and creating exceptional products hinges on understanding the product design process.

In this guide, we will delve into the fascinating world of product design, exploring what it is, how to design a product, and the cost associated with this process.

What is Product Design?

Product design is a dynamic process that brings an idea to life, creating items that offer significant value to their users. At its core, successful product design revolves around empathising with consumers, understanding their needs, desires, and pain points, and then crafting innovative solutions to address those challenges.

How to Design a Product?

Designing a product requires a systematic approach that enables teams to create innovative and successful products. This process acts as a roadmap, guiding product development from inception to production. 

While the approach can be tailored to specific projects, the following key stages are generally involved in designing a product:

1. Design Product Vision

Before you start building a product, you must understand why you are creating it. Every design project needs a clear product vision that outlines the long-term goal of your product and your reasons for creating it. This tool will guide the development team and help them create an effective product strategy.

Suggested reading:

For more advice on creating a compelling product vision statement, check out our blog How to Develop a Product Vision

2. Product Research 

Research is a critical step in the product design process. Conduct in-depth research to identify pain points, market trends, and potential gaps your product can address. Organise interactive brainstorming sessions to generate creative ideas that align with customer needs.

3. Ideation

Transforming ideas into tangible concepts is the next step. You can use sketches, 3D models, and storyboards to visualise and refine the product’s features and functionality. This stage enables you to explore different design possibilities and evaluate their feasibility.

4. Prototyping

Creating prototypes allows designers to test the product’s performance and usability before building the full solution. This is a crucial stage of the product development process as it allows designers to gather valuable feedback and make informed design decisions. 

The prototyping stage should focus on continuous refinement to ensure the product is efficient and optimised for users.

5. Testing and Validation

The testing and validation stage allows the design team to check that the concept works as intended. User testing and feedback are critical to ensuring the product meets user expectations and addresses their needs effectively.

6. Design Refinement

Based on the feedback received during testing and validation, designers make necessary adjustments to optimise the product’s performance and usability. This approach ensures that the final product is aligned with customer needs, thereby increasing the likelihood of a successful product launch. 

7. Manufacturing and Production

Once the design is finalised and thoroughly tested, it transitions into the development and manufacturing stage where it is mass-produced for commercial distribution.

Suggested reading:

Check out Design Process: Your Complete Guide for more information on the stages involved and hands-on tips.

Why do Designers Analyse Existing Products?

Analysing existing products is an essential step in the design process. By studying products already in the market, designers can:

  • Identifying market gaps:
    Understanding the strengths and weaknesses of existing products helps identify opportunities for innovation and potential gaps in the market.
  • Avoid common pitfalls:
    Analysing product failures and customer complaints helps designers avoid making similar mistakes in their own designs, leading to improved product performance.
  • Benchmarking competitors:
    Comparing competitors’ products helps designers gain a comprehensive understanding of industry standards, pricing strategies, and consumer preferences. This allows them to create products that stand out in the competitive landscape.
  • Gathering inspiration:
    Studying successful products can spark creativity and provide ideas for new design concepts and features.

How Much Does It Cost to Design a Product?

The cost of product design can vary widely depending on the complexity and scope of the project. Factors influencing the cost include:

  • Research:
    Extensive research and concept development is likely to increase the initial costs.
  • Prototyping:
    Creating realistic prototypes for testing and validation incurs additional expenses.
  • Iterations:
    Multiple design iterations and refinements contribute to overall costs.
  • Materials:
    The choice of materials and manufacturing processes impacts the final cost.
  • Expertise:
    Hiring experienced product designers or design firms will increase the cost.

Final Thoughts 

Product design is a complex process that involves creativity, problem-solving, and a deep understanding of user needs. The key thing to bear in mind throughout this process is that design serves people. The ultimate goal of any design project should be to create a product that offers the right features and a seamless user experience tailored to the intended audience.   

User Experience (UX) design seeks to create meaningful products and interfaces that prioritize user empathy and support.     

However, within this realm of design, there exists a darker side characterized by manipulative tactics that undermine user needs and deceive individuals. These tactics, known as dark patterns, have gained attention for their negative impact on user experiences. 

In this blog, we will delve into the various types of dark patterns, shedding light on their nature and exploring the detrimental effects they can have on users.

What are dark patterns in UX design? 

The term dark patterns, also known as deceptive patterns, was introduced by designer Harry Brignull in 2010. Dark patterns are design elements within user interfaces that use deception to manipulate users into engaging in actions they would not have chosen willingly.

Suggested reading: Dark Patterns – Interview of Harry Brignull, the inventor of this concept

What are the main types of dark patterns? 

Dark patterns can be found all over the internet, mobile apps, and business software. From hidden subscriptions and costs to misleading defaults and opt-out tricks — dark patterns can be found everywhere! 

Below, we will discuss four of the most common types of dark patterns that you need to watch out for when browsing the web.

1. The Truman Type

The Truman Type is a group of dark patterns that rely on deception and deceptive disguises. These patterns use a variety of techniques designed to mislead users, luring them into taking actions they may not have intended.

Common examples of the Truman Type include: 

  • Disguised ads: This is one of the most common tactics employed by the Truman Type. By masquerading as something else, these cunning advertisements trick unsuspecting users into clicking on them.
  • Social proof: This uses tactics like false testimonials or an inflated number of likes to sway users by convincing them that a large group of people has already embraced a particular action.
  • Urgency techniques: These are designed to coerce users into immediate action. By bombarding individuals with messages like “Limited time offer!” or “Act now or miss out!”, they aim to induce a state of panic and put pressure on users. 

Like in Truman’s life, these dark patterns aim to create a false sense of trust and acceptance. Users are encouraged to unquestioningly embrace the presented information until they realize that the presented information is, in fact, fake.

2. Hide-and-Seek

This pattern in UX design resembles a child’s game of hide and seek. It adopts a game-like approach where elements and functions within an interface are intentionally hidden, turning the user experience into a challenging puzzle.    

This pattern can manifest in various ways. For example, canceling a subscription might involve navigating a labyrinthine flow, making it difficult for users to find the option to unsubscribe. In some cases, users may find themselves trapped with no apparent way out due to deliberately hidden options that prevent them from canceling a subscription.  

In light of these manipulative tactics, a recent report revealed that more than 90% of people in the UK believe that it should be made illegal for companies to purposely make it difficult to unsubscribe to online services.

3. Interface @#$%! Language  

Every interface communicates with users through language, employing text, visuals, sounds, or a combination of these elements. This dark pattern manipulates users through communication techniques that are designed to play tricks or confuse.

It can involve messing around with button colors, making unsubscribe buttons red or even removing them completely, or throwing confusing questions at users that lead them astray. 

A classic example of this pattern is when websites try to gather your personal information. They might tempt you with an offer like “Leave your email and get a 99% discount” while providing a negative response option such as “No, I’m not smart and don’t want to save money.” 

These tactics may increase conversion rates, but they create an unpleasant experience and leave users feeling annoyed and tricked.

4. Interrupting

No one likes to be interrupted when they’re busy doing a task, so the human brain is wired to reduce the number of external distractions. 

The interrupting pattern taps into our natural aversion to interruptions and seeks to manipulate users by deliberately placing barriers in their path. These barriers hinder the user’s ability to achieve their goals or perform desired actions, often resulting in frustration and reduced productivity.  

Dark patterns in this category employ various strategies to interrupt users repeatedly until they either comply or give up. Examples include:

  • Forcing users to enable notifications
  • Convincing them to subscribe to a service
  • Making it exceptionally difficult to cancel a paid subscription

By intentionally introducing distractions that disrupt the user’s workflow, these patterns force users into making decisions they may not have otherwise chosen.

Final thoughts 

While UX design strives to offer a superior user experience, it’s important to acknowledge the presence of dark patterns that exploit and deceive users. While these tactics may appear to be a quick and effective way to achieve business objectives, it is essential to consider the ethical implications of their use. 

At Windmill, we believe in prioritizing user empathy and support over deceptive strategies. By consciously avoiding the use of dark patterns and embracing ethical design principles, we can build trust with users, enhance their overall experience, and create more successful and sustainable products.

Reach out to discover how our digital product services can help you create user-centric experiences that build trust and drive long-term success.

In today’s fast-paced and technology-driven world, digital transformation has become a buzzword across industries. But what does it really mean? 

In this guide, we will delve into the concept of digital transformation, its significance, and how organizations can embrace it to thrive in the digital age. From understanding the core principles of digital transformation to exploring practical strategies, this article aims to provide a clear and insightful overview of this transformative process.

Defining digital transformation

Digital transformation is a dynamic process that involves leveraging digital technologies to revolutionize various aspects of a business, including its processes, culture, and customer experiences. It involves a major shift in how organizations operate and innovate so that they can keep up with the ever-changing demands of the business world.

At its core, digital transformation is all about embracing the opportunities presented by the digital age to boost revenue and maximize business growth. 

For many businesses, this means building digital products such as mobile apps or e-commerce platforms. Other examples of digital business transformation include IT modernization such as switching to a cloud environment or implementing AI software to automate manual tasks.

Suggested reading: Digital Transformation Examples For Every Business Case

The core principles of digital transformation 

The core principles of digital transformation can vary depending on the specific industry and goals of an organization. However, there are several core principles that generally apply to most digital transformation initiatives, including. 

  • Customer-centricity: The customer should be at the centre of every digital transformation framework. Understanding customer needs, preferences, and behaviors is essential for designing digital experiences that meet and exceed their expectations. 
  • Agility: Digital transformation requires organizations to be agile and adaptable. They should be able to respond quickly to market changes, emerging technologies, and evolving customer demands.
  • Data: Data plays a virtual role in digital transformation. Organizations need to collect, analyze, and leverage data to gain actionable insights and make informed decisions. 
  • Innovation: Digital transformation is about embracing innovation and revolutionizing traditional business processes. Organizations should create a culture of innovation, encouraging creativity, collaboration, and experimentation. 
  • Collaboration: Digital transformation often requires partnerships both within and outside the organization. Collaboration with external partners, such as technology providers and industry experts, can bring fresh perspectives and capabilities and accelerate digital transformation efforts. 
  • Leadership: Successful digital business transformation requires strong leadership and effective change management. Leaders need to champion the transformation, set a clear vision, and drive the necessary organizational changes. 

These principles provide a guiding framework for organizations to navigate the complexities of the digital landscape and maximize the benefits of their digital transformation efforts. 

The benefits of digital transformation

More businesses are recognizing the benefits that digital transformation can bring and 89% of all companies have already or plan to adopt a digital-first business strategy. 

Here are six key benefits of digital transformation:

  1. Enhanced customer experience: Digital transformation enables organizations to deliver personalized and seamless customer experiences across multiple channels. By leveraging digital technologies, organizations can understand customer preferences, anticipate their needs, and provide tailored products and services. 35% of business executives claim that digital transformation helps them to better meet customer expectations and improve relationships. 
  2. Improved operational efficiency: Digital transformation streamlines and automates business processes, resulting in improved operational efficiency. By digitizing manual tasks, businesses can save valuable time and achieve significant cost savings. 
  3. Increased innovation: Digital transformation fosters a culture of innovation and agility within organizations. By embracing emerging technologies, organizations can explore new business models, respond quickly to market changes, and meet core business objectives. Research shows that digital-first companies are 64% more likely to achieve their business goals than their peers. 
  4. Expanded market reach: Digital transformation opens up new opportunities for organizations to expand their market reach. Through digital channels like social media platforms, organizations can access global markets, reach new customer segments, and engage with customers 24/7. 
  5. Competitive advantage: Digital transformation provides organizations with a competitive advantage in the market. By embracing digital technologies and transforming their business models, organizations can differentiate themselves from competitors and increase profitability. The latest digital transformation statistics reveal that 56% of CEOs say digital improvements have increased revenue.
  6. Scalability: Digital transformation allows organizations to scale their operations and adapt to changing business needs. This scalability and flexibility enable organizations to seize new business opportunities as they present themselves.   

Overall, digital transformation enables organizations to stay competitive and resilient in the digital age. It unlocks new growth opportunities, improves operational efficiency, and strengthens customer relationships. 

Key steps in implementing a digital transformation strategy

Implementing an effective digital transformation framework involves several key steps, including: 

Step 1: Define your vision and goals

You should start by clearly defining your digital transformation vision and aligning it with your business objectives. Determine what you aim to achieve through digital transformation.

Here are some examples of digital transformation goals:

  • Increase revenue growth 
  • Boost operational productivity 
  • Enter the market faster 
  • Improve customer retention 
  • Drive competitiveness 

Step 2: Assess your digital capabilities 

You need to evaluate your current digital capabilities, processes, and systems to identify areas that need improvement. Assess your organization’s readiness for change and identify any challenges or barriers that may arise. 

Step 3: Develop a roadmap

Creating a detailed roadmap is a key step in the implementation of a successful digital transformation framework. This roadmap serves as a strategic guide, outlining the specific initiatives, projects, and timelines that will drive your digital transformation journey.

Identify the key initiatives that align with your organization’s digital transformation goals. Then, prioritize these based on their potential impact on your business and the expected return on investment (ROI).

Suggested reading: Build A Digital Transformation Roadmap Step-By-Step 

Step 4: Invest in technology

One of the vital steps in a successful digital transformation strategy is to assess and upgrade your technology infrastructure. Investing in the right digital tools and systems that align with your objectives is essential to enable and support your digital transformation journey. 

Make sure that you define your technology requirements and do thorough research to identify the digital tools and technologies that align with these requirements.

Step 5: Optimize processes

In the digital transformation journey, optimizing business processes is a crucial step that will unlock greater efficiency and harness the full potential of digital technologies. By rethinking and redesigning your business processes, you can streamline workflows, automate manual tasks, and enhance customer experiences. 

Step 6: Empower employees 

Empowering your employees is another vital step in your digital transformation strategy. By providing them with the necessary training, fostering a culture of innovation, and actively monitoring their progress, you can ensure that your workforce is equipped to embrace and drive the digital changes within your organization.

According to Future of Work: “Employees first and foremost need to understand the “why” behind digital change. Let people understand the reasons for the change, and make sure they have a clear picture of what will improve when they get there.”

Step 7: Find trusted partners

In the digital transformation journey, finding trusted partners who can provide specialized support is crucial for the success of your initiatives. These partners can bring valuable insights, resources, and experience to complement your in-house capabilities and accelerate your digital transformation journey. 

TIP: Remember, digital transformation is an ongoing process. Continuously reassess your strategy, adapt to market changes, and embrace emerging technologies to stay ahead in the digital landscape.  

Overcoming challenges in digital business transformation

Digital transformation initiatives offer huge potential to organizations but they don’t come with risks. A recent study by McKinsey found that 70% of all digital transformation projects end in failure due to factors like budget restraints or employee resistance.

The good news is that there are plenty of things you can do to avoid common digital transformation pitfalls. Here are a few tips to help you navigate the challenges of digital business transformation and increase your chances of success:   

  • Establish a clear strategy: Define your organization’s vision for digital transformation and develop a detailed strategy that aligns with your business goals. 
  • Secure leadership buy-in: Gain support and commitment from leaders within your organization. Encourage key stakeholders to get involved in your digital transformation strategy and encourage positive change. 
  • Foster a culture of innovation: Build a company culture that embraces innovation, continuous learning, and risk-taking. Encourage employees to think outside the box and embrace digital technologies.
  • Maintain open communication: Effective communication is key to managing change. Clearly communicate the reasons for digital transformation, its benefits, and how it will impact your team. 
  • Prioritize cybersecurity: The cyber risk is increasing as businesses adopt more digital tools and a recent survey found that 82% have experienced at least one data breach when implementing new technologies. Prioritizing cybersecurity and data privacy measures should form a core part of your digital transformation framework.
  • Monitor and measure progress: Establish clear key performance indicators (KPIs) to track the progress and success of your digital transformation initiatives. Regularly review the data to identify areas for improvement.

Final thoughts 

Organizations must embrace digital transformation if they want to thrive in the digital age. By embracing the core principles, leveraging the benefits, and implementing a strategic approach, businesses can navigate the challenges and unlock the immense potential of digital transformation. 

As technology continues to advance, organizations must stay agile and adapt to the ever-changing digital landscape to remain competitive and deliver value to customers in new and innovative ways. Embrace digital transformation today and future-proof your organization for success.

In the world of design, whether it’s graphic design, web design, or product design, a design brief plays a crucial role in ensuring the success of a project. By providing valuable guidance, it ensures that the entire team shares a common understanding of the project’s objectives, goals, and requirements.

In this article, we’ll explore the importance of a design brief and provide a step-by-step guide on how to create the perfect brief for your next project. We will also include examples to illustrate the key components of a well-crafted design brief.

What is a design brief? 

A design brief is a document that lays out the objectives, goals, and expectations of a design project. It serves as a roadmap for designers, helping them understand the client’s vision and ensuring that everyone is on the same page right from the start.

Suggested reading: How to Develop a Product Vision

Design brief example 

Looking at design brief examples can spark creativity and help designers come up with innovative ideas and approaches. These examples provide valuable guidance on best practices and give you a visual representation of what a well-structured brief should look like.

Here is an example of a simple design brief template that you can use to craft your very own design brief:

Simple-creative-brief-template
Download Simple Design Brief Template
Excel | Word

This versatile design brief template is perfect for a wide range of design projects, be it graphic design, web design, or product design. With its user-friendly format, it simplifies the process of gathering information and ensures that all essential information is brought together in one convenient location. 

Should I customize a design brief template?

When it comes to design projects, using a design brief template is a fantastic way for designers to collaborate and gather all the necessary information in one convenient place.

However, customizing the template to fit the unique requirements of different projects can bring even more benefits. By adding your personal touch and adapting the template creatively, you can effectively address specific challenges and goals, ultimately boosting the outcome and client satisfaction.

Let’s take a look at an example: a design brief template specifically designed for a product design project. 

Download Design Brief for Product Design
Word | Google Docs

This template is tailor-made for product design, focusing on how the product can provide meaningful and relevant experiences for its users. 

Why is a good design brief so important? 

A good design brief is incredibly important for several reasons, this includes:

  • Clear communication: A brief improves design communication and ensures that everyone understands the project’s requirements and goals. This minimises the potential for miscommunication and costly revisions.
  • Aligning expectations: A design brief helps align the expectations of the client and the designer and outlines the scope of the project, deliverables, and timelines. This ensures that everyone is on the same page from the get-go.
  • Efficient workflow: A good design brief gives designers a clear roadmap to follow, allowing them to focus their efforts on meeting the client’s specific needs. This helps to streamline the entire design process and improve efficiency. 
  • Client satisfaction: Ultimately, a good design brief leads to client satisfaction as designers are more likely to deliver designs that meet or exceed expectations. 

In summary, a well-crafted design brief acts as a cornerstone for successful design projects. It facilitates clear communication, aligns expectations, promotes efficiency, and paves the path to client satisfaction. 

What are the key components of a design brief?

A good design brief will typically include the following key components:

  • Project overview: The nature of the design work required, the context in which it will be used, and any specific challenges or constraints.
  • Objectives and goals: What you hope to achieve through the design.
  • Target audience: The target audience or user group for the design, including details about their demographics, preferences, and needs. 
  • Competition and market analysis: Key competitors in the market landscape. 
  • Brand guidelines: This should include the brand logo, color palette, and any other specific visual elements that need to be incorporated into the design.
  • Deliverables and timeline: The deliverables expected from the designer and the timeline for the project. 

How to write a design brief in 5 easy steps

Creating a well-written design brief requires careful planning and attention to detail. Here are five essential steps in writing an effective design brief: 

Step 1: Gather project information

Before you start writing the design brief, gather as much information as possible about the project, including objectives, goals, and constraints. 

Conduct interviews with stakeholders, review existing materials, and analyze the market and competition. The more information you have, the better you can define the project’s requirements.

Step 2: Define your target audience

To create a design that resonates with your user, it’s crucial to gain a deep understanding of your target audience. Conduct in-depth research to uncover valuable insights about their demographics, preferences, and needs. 

By truly understanding your audience, you can tailor the design to effectively communicate with them, capturing their attention and engaging them in a meaningful way.

Suggested reading: How to Find Your Target Audience

Step 3: Outline project scope and deliverables

Clearly define the scope of the project and specify what is included and what is not. Establishing clear boundaries will help prevent scope creep and ensure that the project stays focused and meets client expectations. 

According to a study by the Project Management Institute, nearly 50% of projects experience scope creep, and only 57% finish within budget while only 51% are finished on schedule. A well-crafted design brief can help your design team avoid these common pitfalls. 

Step 4: Establish objectives and constraints

Set clear project objectives and goals. Define measurable outcomes and identify any constraints or limitations, such as budget, timeline, or technical requirements.

TIP:  When defining the timeline and budget, it’s important to ensure they are realistic and mutually agreed upon. This will help to prevent any future conflicts and ensure that the project runs smoothly. 

Step 5: Structure and format the design brief

Finally, organize the design brief in a clear and concise format. Use headings, bullet points, and visuals to make it easily readable. Include relevant brand guidelines and examples to support the information.

Tips for creating the perfect design brief 

  • Keep your brief short and concise: Designing something already takes a significant amount of time, so no one should have to spend hours trying to understand a poorly formatted design brief. Make sure that your design brief is well-structured, visually appealing, and easy to read.
  • Make it interactive: Creating an interactive design brief can enhance the overall experience for both designers and clients. Use media like graphs, images, and interactive features to provide a visual representation of ideas and capture the attention of the reader.
  • Collaborate with stakeholders: Involve all relevant stakeholders in the design brief creation process. This could include the client, marketing team, and product managers. Encourage open communication and gather valuable insights from different perspectives.
  • Include brand guidelines: If applicable, provide brand guidelines, including the brand logo, color palette, and any other specific visual elements that need to be incorporated into the design. This will help the designer better understand the visual direction and ensure consistency with your brand’s identity.
  • Review and revise: Go through the design brief and give it a thorough review to make sure it’s clear, complete, and accurate. Check that you’ve included all the key information and that it matches the project requirements. Make any necessary edits or changes to improve the design brief before it is finalized. 
  • Ask for feedback: Share the design brief with the client or stakeholders and ask for their feedback. Take their input into account and see if they have any suggestions or if they need any clarifications. Once everyone is happy, get their final approval before moving on to the design phase.

Final thoughts 

A well-written design brief is a powerful tool that sets the foundation for a successful design project. It ensures clear communication, aligns expectations, improves efficiency, and ultimately, leads to higher client satisfaction. 

By following the steps outlined in this article, you can create an effective design brief that will guide the entire design process. So, invest time and effort into creating a detailed design brief, and watch as it becomes an invaluable tool in your design process.

Impact mapping is a relatively new technique that has gained popularity recently as more businesses look for ways to improve their product planning process. 

It provides a visual representation of various stages of a product strategy and measures the impact of any changes on the business. This helps to align development teams on goals with the desired impact on their stakeholders.

What is impact mapping? 

Impact mapping is a collaborative planning tool that improves alignment between development teams and stakeholders. It helps teams uncover the areas that will have the biggest impact and help them achieve a particular goal or objective.

The impact mapping method was first developed by Gojko Adzic, a well-known agile author and strategist who wrote a book of the same name in 2012. The concept is based on outcome-driven planning, user interaction design, and traditional mind mapping.

What are the benefits? 

Impact mapping offers several benefits, including: 

  • Better alignment between leadership and development teams
  • More clarity around the product strategy, outcomes, and goals
  • Less chance of project scope creep
  • Easier to identify and avoid potential bottlenecks 
  • Better understanding of how deliverables connect to user needs
  • Improved communication and collaboration between teams 

When is impact mapping used? 

  • To create a roadmap for product development 
  • To set project or personal goals 
  • To create a product vision 
  • To define the project scope
  • To reframe a problem 

How to get started with impact mapping? 

Gojko defined impact mapping as a 4-level process and introduced the idea of answering one specific question with every stage of product development:

  • WHY
  • WHO
  • HOW
  • WHAT

1. Why are we doing this? 

The first step of impact mapping is to define the goal or objective you’re hoping to achieve in the next phase of your product’s development. 

The goal should be SMART (Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Relevant and Time-based.)

Example: Your goal is to increase user conversion by 30% by the end of the year. 

2. Who will help us? 

You then need to determine who will help you achieve this goal — Gojko refers to these people as “actors.” Ask yourself: 

  • Who can produce the desired effect?
  • Who can prevent it?
  • Who are the consumers or users of our product?
  • Who will be impacted by it?

Example: The actors who will help you achieve your goal may include the marketing department, existing users, new users, or customer support. 

3. How will they help us? 

Now you should consider how these actors will help you achieve your goal or objective. You should consider the following: 

  • How should your actors’ behaviours change?
  • How can they help you to achieve the goal?
  • How can they prevent you from succeeding?

Example: You actors could make an impact by creating a personalised user experience, optimising layouts on critical pages, or improving user assistance. 

4. What will we do? 

Finally, you should consider: 

  • What can you do, as a team, to encourage this desired behaviour? 

Example: Introduce a live chat feature, maximise personalisation investments, or run workshops with your customer support team to align on company values, mission, and culture.

In this stage, you should write down as many actions as possible that will help you achieve the outcomes identified in stage 3. You then need to prioritise these actions based on how much value they will deliver to your company. 

Tap into the power of impact mapping!  

Impact mapping is a powerful tool that helps teams simplify complex product planning and improve their overall product strategy. You can use the impact mapping technique to prioritise new features based on your company’s goals and boost team collaboration. 

Designing anything, whether it’s a new product, a building, or a brand logo, requires a systematic approach to create something that is functional and visually appealing. That’s where the design process comes in.   

In this guide, we’ll explore what the design process is, why it’s important, the stages involved, how you can adapt it to your needs, and provide some useful tips for using it effectively.

What is the design process? 

The design process is a step-by-step method that designers use to solve problems or create a new product or service. It provides a structured roadmap for designers to follow, ensuring that their work is organized and well thought out. 

While there are variations in the design process depending on the specific industry or project, the core principles remain the same.

Why is the design process important? 

The design process is important for a variety of reasons. Let’s look at the key reasons why this disciplined approach is so valuable in design projects:

  1. Clarity and organization: One of the biggest advantages of the design process is that it brings clarity and helps designers establish a clear understanding of the problem they are trying to solve. Following the design process methodology enables designers to navigate the challenges they face and remain focused on their goals. 
  2. Efficiency and consistency: By following a defined framework, designers can work more efficiently, saving valuable time and resources. The process streamlines their workflow, minimizes errors, and encourages consistency across various design projects. This also makes it easier to replicate successful results in the future.
  3. User-centric approach: The design process supports a user-centric approach by encouraging designers to gain a deeper understanding of their target audience. This enables design teams to create innovative products that meet users’ needs and expectations. 
  4. Collaboration: Following a structured framework makes it easier for designers and other professionals to collaborate and bring their ideas to life. The design process provides a common framework for effective communication and helps to align team members around a shared vision.

What are the stages of the design process? 

While the design process may vary depending on the industry or project, it typically consists of the following stages:

Stage 1: Define

The first step is for the designers to define the problem they are trying to solve by conducting thorough market research and analyzing relevant data. The goal is to gain a clear understanding of the project’s objectives and the needs of the target audience.

The design team should try and answer key questions, including: 

  • What problem do they want to solve?
  • Who is facing the defined problem? 
  • Will the product help the target audience  overcome the defined problem? 
  • What are the requirements for the project?
  • What goals do they hope to achieve? 
  • Are there any limitations e.g. budget or time constraints? 

Suggested reading: If you learn more about conducting research in the design process, check out Effective UX Research: Preparing for Research

Stage 2: Ideate

During the ideation stage, designers brainstorm and generate a wide range of ideas and concepts. They explore different possibilities, challenge assumptions, and think outside of the box. This stage encourages creative thinking, challenges assumptions, and aims to generate a diverse pool of potential solutions. 

Taking this approach increases the likelihood of design teams discovering unique and innovative solutions.

Stage 3: Prototype

Creating a prototype or mockup is the most visual part of the design process. Prototypes can take various forms depending on the project, such as sketches, wireframes, or interactive mock-ups. These prototypes are used to visualize and test the design concepts.

Stage 4: Test

In the testing stage, designers gather feedback on the prototypes from users or stakeholders. The user should be asked relevant questions such as: 

  • Did the product solve their problem?
  • What was their first impression of the product? 
  • Did they face any challenges when using the product? 
  • What could be done to improve their experience? 

This feedback helps identify strengths, weaknesses, and areas for improvement. Prototype testing and refinement ensure that the final design meets the needs and expectations of the intended user.

Stage 5: Implement

After finalizing the design based on user feedback, the implementation stage begins. This involves translating the design into a tangible product, service, or experience. The design team will often collaborate with other professionals, such as developers or manufacturers, to bring the design to life.

Stage 6: Measure 

The final stage of the design process is to measure how effective the final design is once it’s released. This stage involves gathering data, analyzing metrics, and measuring design performance against the project’s objectives.

Measurement can take various forms depending on the nature of the design. For example, designers may track user engagement or conversion rates when assessing the performance of a new digital product.

The purpose of the measurement stage is to determine whether the design is meeting its intended goals and to identify areas for improvement. 

Suggested reading: If you want to find out more about assessing product success, check out How to Measure Product Launch Success: 12 KPIs You Should Be Tracking

How can I adapt the design process to my needs? 

The design process is flexible and can be tailored to suit your specific needs and requirements. You should modify the design cycle and spend more or less time on various stages depending on your circumstances. 

Here are a few tips to help you customize the design process to suit your project:

  • Understand your project requirements: Gain an in-depth understanding of the specific goals, constraints, and target audience of your project. This will help you tailor the design process to suit your specific needs and objectives. 
  • Modify the stages: You do not need to follow these design stages rigidly. You may need to adjust the order or focus on certain stages to ensure the best outcome. For instance, if you have a tight timeline, you may choose to prioritize prototyping and testing over extensive ideation.
  • Collaborative adaptation: Involve your entire design team in adapting the design process. Ask for their input and expertise to customize the process to fit the project’s needs.
  • Reflect and adapt: After completing a project, take the time to reflect on the design process and its outcomes. This will allow you to adapt the design process to optimize your design outcomes in the future.

Tips to use the design process effectively

  • Remember that the design process is not linear. Using the framework effectively often involves moving back and forth between the various steps. You may need to return to previous steps to evaluate earlier decisions or gather additional information.
  • Embrace a user-centric approach. Put the needs and desires of your target audience at the centre of the design process. Adopting a user-centric approach can significantly boost revenue as 86% of consumers are willing to pay more for a better customer experience. 
  • Test early and often: Incorporate user testing throughout the design process. Testing your design concepts and prototypes with real users will help you gather valuable insights and identify issues early on in the design cycle.
  • Take regular breaks: Various studies have highlighted the importance of taking regular breaks when working on complex problems. Design can be a mentally demanding process and taking some time to recharge will help you gain new perspectives and approach your design challenges with renewed creativity and focus.

Suggested reading: If you want to find out more about the role of user experience (UX) in design, check out All You Need to Know About Effective UX Research Part 2: Conducting the Research

Final thoughts 

The design process is a valuable tool for any designer, providing a structured approach to problem-solving and creation. To use the design process effectively, remember to adapt the framework to your specific needs, prioritize user testing, and encourage regular breaks to maintain creativity and focus.

By following the stages of the design process, designers can boost efficiency by streamlining workflow and minimizing errors. Its user-centric approach also ensures that designs meet the needs and expectations of users, leading to innovative and user-friendly products. 

So, dive into the design process, unleash your creativity, and watch your ideas come to life!

Most product design projects start with desk research — also called secondary research. This type of market research involves collecting data from existing resources, making it the opposite of primary research where you go out and study things first-hand.   

But what is desk research? When is it needed, and how do you do it?  

This blog will answer these questions and explore how desk research will lead you towards user testing and continuous research throughout the product development process. 

Why is conducting research important? 

Before you decide to launch or design a product, you should get answers to several questions such as:

  • What is the current market situation? 
  • Does the market need this product? 
  • Who are your potential customers? What are their needs and pain points? 
  • What problems can you solve that competitors cannot? 
  • What do customers like/dislike about your product? 

Product research helps you make well-informed product development decisions, identify potential issues, and gain insight into your customer’s needs and desires. This will enable you to build a well-structured strategy and develop products that your customers will love. 

The consequences of poor market research 

In 1985, Coca-Cola updated its classic coca-cola drink with a new formula. The company had performed 190,000 blind taste tests on consumers and discovered that they preferred the sweeter flavour of its rival Pepsi — so the ‘New Coke’ was launched. 

The problem was that Coca-Cola had underestimated loyal drinkers’ emotional attachments to the brand. Its market research testers failed to ask subjects how they would feel if the new formula replaced the old one. 

The new formula caused outrage among loyal customers and executives were forced to bring back Coca-Cola’s original flavour just 79 days after their initial announcement. This was a costly mistake that lost the company millions in revenue. 

What does desk research involve?

As mentioned, desk research is a research method that involves using existing data. This technique allows you to gather ideas and research your market and users “from your desk.” 

You can collect this type of secondary research from published materials in reports, articles, or similar documents that are easily accessible on the web or in public libraries.

Why is it essential? 

  • Secondary data sources are easy to find 
  • This research method is cheaper than primary research 
  • This research method takes much less time than primary research 

How to do desk research in 5 steps 

Step 1: Define your research objective 

The first step is to describe what you intend to accomplish with your research project. You can identify this by answering key questions that are relevant to your market and customers. 

For example, if you are a French baker and want to create bread with alternative flour, your questions should break down every question within that process, such as: 

  • What alternative flours are available in France? 
  • Which of these flours are affordable? 
  • Among the remaining choices, which flours are easy to use? 
  • Among the remaining choices, which flours taste good? 
  • What alternative flours are currently used by bakers in France? 
  • Who are you selling this new bread to?

Step 2: Build a research plan 

You then need to decide how you will complete this research and answer the questions you have set. As part of your research plan, you’ll need to decide which platforms you will use for your research.

Some popular resources include: 

  • Government, non-government agencies, and trade body statistics 
  • Company reports and research 
  • Competitor research 
  • Public library collections 
  • Textbooks and research journals 
  • Media stories in newspapers 
  • Online journals and research sites 
  • ChatGPT

3 tips for conducting desk research: 

  1. Check the credibility of resources 
  2. Check the date on publications and use up-to-date information
  3. Avoid duplicating desk research by checking what has been done already

Step 3: Use the right tools and resources 

There are many resources available for desk research and you must choose the right tools for your project. 

Here are some reliable sources that we recommend using for secondary research:

  • JSTOR: This is a great resource to find research papers. Any article published before 1924 in the United States is available for free on JSTOR and the digital library also offers scholarships for independent researchers. 
  • Google Scholar: This is the most popular and easy-to-use search engine that can present scholarly pieces of writing on any topic you require. Google Scholar is free to use, and you can search for any type of publishing format. 
  • ChatGPT: This is a large language model (LLM), a machine-learning system that autonomously learns from data. 

There are also lots of great tools that you can use for competitive analyses, including:

  • Crunchbase: This is a live company database which updates constantly. This tool helps you identify upcoming marketing tendencies. 
  • Capterra: This is an intermediary between buyers and technology vendors within the software industry. Here, you can find the most comprehensive lists of products per industry, reviews, ratings, and infographics, and easily compare competitors. 
  • Serpstat: This is one of the top-rated SEO tools that will help you outline competitor analysis simply by entering your domain.

Step 4: Conduct user testing 

Desk research is a fast and affordable research method but it should be combined with qualitative user research to get the best results. Once you’ve completed your desk research, you can begin talking with real users and testing your products. 

User testing is a crucial part of the product design process and it is much more than simply having a functional product. It’s about maximising everyone’s return on investment and elevating the design to ensure the end product will achieve the desired goals and objectives. 

There are two types of usability testing: 

  • Quantitative testing: This focuses on the usability of a design and assesses users’ performance on a given task, such as completion rates or task times. Quantitative data is usually sourced from questionnaires, surveys, or A/B Testing
  • Qualitative testing: This focuses on the user’s emotions and identifies which design features are easy or hard to use. Qualitative data is usually sourced from interviews and user observations. 

Why user testing is important

Let’s look at an example of why user testing should be an essential part of product development…

In 1990, the well-known beer brewing company Coors decided to tap into the booming bottled-water market by introducing Rocky Mountain Sparkling Water. 

Coors kept its easily recognisable logo at the front and centre of the label. This confused customers, leaving many worried that the new beverage may contain alcohol. 

If Coors had carried out user testing, they would have discovered that the Coors name did not help sell the new product. In fact, it confused and even frightened customers. 

Step 5: Prepare a post-research report 

Documentation is essential to all areas of research, and you should start documenting right from the beginning of the process. Create a detailed research report of all desk research and user research you find. 

You can then share your research findings in the form of a presentation for your team and stakeholders.  

Final thoughts 

Desk research is an easy and cost-effective form of market research that should be the starting point of every product design project. Your desk research will guide your project, leading to effective user testing and ensuring continuous research throughout the design process. 

We hope this article has provided you with useful information about desk research and how to implement it in your next product development project. 

In this installment of our series, we’re excited to introduce Ivan Myronov, the Principal Technologist at 1PLTFRM and leader of the React team at Windmill. Join us as Ivan explores the many facets of React and shares how his team’s approach sets Windmill apart from the competition.

What Exactly is React?

Ivan Myronov Explains:

  • React in a Nutshell: React is a JavaScript library, not a framework, which means it’s more flexible and focused. It helps developers build user interfaces by managing the view layer for web and mobile apps.
  • Common Misconceptions: It’s often mistaken for a framework because it’s so comprehensive, but React is all about giving developers the freedom to structure their projects their way.

Unique Features of Windmill’s React Team

Ivan’s Insights:

  • Dedicated Practice: Our team dedicates countless hours to mastering React, emphasizing clean code and frequent refactoring to enhance project quality.
  • Collaborative Learning: We hold bi-weekly meetings to discuss our technical debt and prioritize our tasks, ensuring we’re always at the forefront of industry standards.

React vs. Angular: Choosing the Right Tool

Technical Comparison by Ivan:

  • Coding Style: React uses a declarative programming style that reduces boilerplate code and simplifies debugging.
  • Data Binding: Unlike Angular’s two-way binding, React employs a one-way data flow that makes it easier to track changes and debug applications.
  • Learning Curve: React’s fewer abstractions make it more approachable for beginners compared to Angular.

Advantages and Considerations of Using React

Why React?

  • Developer Efficiency: React allows for building applications using reusable components that are easy to maintain.
  • Community Support: With backing from Facebook and a vibrant community, React offers extensive resources for learning and troubleshooting.

Things to Consider:

  • Application Size: React apps can be larger in size, which might affect performance especially on mobile devices.
  • Virtual DOM Overheads: Managing virtual DOMs can add complexity and require optimization to ensure performance, particularly with larger applications.

The Virtual DOM Explained

How React Uses the Virtual DOM:

  • Efficiency in Updates: React creates a virtual copy of the UI in memory, which it updates based on changes in the data model before rendering those changes in the browser efficiently.
  • Myth Busting: It’s a common myth that the virtual DOM provides unmatched speed. However, React’s real benefit is in making the development process faster and less error-prone.

Entering the Field: Advice for Graduates

Ivan’s Advice:

  • Stay Curious: React is a gateway to modern web development with a robust community and a plethora of learning resources.
  • Master the Basics: Solid knowledge of JavaScript, HTML, and CSS is crucial before diving into React to fully leverage its capabilities.

React’s Role at Windmill

Problem Solving with React:

  • Enterprise Applications: React’s modular nature makes it ideal for rapidly developing enterprise-level applications and expanding existing applications.
  • Legacy Projects: It’s excellent for incremental upgrades, allowing teams to refactor and improve legacy systems gradually.

Windmill Digital offers a variety of digital product design and digital product strategy services that will help you stand out against your competitors. For more information, contact us here.  

Introduction

As a UX/UI designer, you are well aware that devising creative design concepts and producing high-quality designs require a great deal of time and effort. Fortunately, with the most recent progressions in artificial intelligence (AI) and natural language processing (NLP), you can now streamline the design workflow with ChatGPT. 

In this article, we will look into how ChatGPT can help optimize your design process and give advice on how to begin.

The Benefits of ChatGPT for Designers

ChatGPT is a technology that combines Artificial Intelligence and Natural Language Processing to create answers that imitate human responses. There are many advantages of using this tool, including the ability to come up with new design concepts, build prototypes, and evaluate existing designs. Utilizing ChatGPT can save time, boost creativity, and produce more successful designs.

Examples of ChatGPT in Action

ChatGPT can be used in design sprints and with specific design tools, such as User Personas, Customer Journey Maps (CJMs), Empathy Mapping, and Jobs-to-be-Done (JTBD) frameworks.

Design Sprints:

During the empathy phase of a design sprint, ChatGPT can generate a list of questions to ask potential users to better understand their needs and pain points. During the ideation phase, ChatGPT can generate ideas for possible solutions to the problem.

User Personas:

ChatGPT can generate user personas based on various factors such as demographic data, behavior patterns, and pain points. These personas help designers better understand their users and design products that meet their needs.

Customer Journey Maps (CJMs):

ChatGPT can generate CJMs based on data about the user’s behavior and interactions with the product or service. Designers can use the generated CJMs to identify pain points in the user journey and improve the overall user experience.

Empathy Mapping:

ChatGPT can generate prompts for empathy mapping exercises, such as “What does the user see?” or “What does the user hear?” These prompts help designers to gather information about their users and better understand their needs.

Jobs-to-be-Done (JTBD):

ChatGPT can generate prompts for JTBD exercises, such as “What problem does the user need to solve?” or “What is the user trying to achieve?” These prompts help designers to understand the context in which users are using the product or service, and design solutions that meet their needs.

Tips for Using ChatGPT Effectively

Tips for Using ChatGPT Effectively

To make the most of ChatGPT, designers must pick the right initiating questions, refine the results, and avoid typical errors. Some tips for getting the most out of ChatGPT are to select the suitable setting for your initiating queries, modify the length of the output, and check the accuracy of the generated text.

Conclusion

ChatGPT represents a creative solution for designers to optimize their workflow and come up with more effective designs. This technology can be used to save time, create innovative concepts, and evaluate their designs. 

This article has provided readers with useful information on how ChatGPT can be of assistance to UX/UI designers, and we urge designers to experiment with this technology in their design processes.

Delivering a service to a customer involves multiple components, technologies and people working together across various channels. This can make it difficult for companies to monitor customer experiences and identify areas for improvement.

Failing to provide a positive user experience can destroy a business – fast! A company must create a seamless service process if it wants to grow and maximise value – this is where service blueprints come in.

What is a service blueprint?

First introduced in 1984 by G. Lynn Shostack, a service blueprint is a map or diagram that provides a visual representation of the steps within a service process.

This gives a company a complete overview of how its service and related user experience is delivered across all channels.

Service blueprint vs customer journey map

A customer service blueprint is similar to a customer journey map, but it goes much deeper. Service blueprinting provides valuable insights into the customer experience, along with all employee actions and additional processes involved in the service.

The main goal of a customer journey map is to understand the customers’ experience. Whereas, a service blueprint is a visual representation of how a company creates that customer experience.

What are the business benefits of service blueprinting?

Build the full picture

A service blueprint provides a company with a complete visible overview of a service structure. This allows businesses to build a full picture of their service processes, along with the employee’s experience and the customer’s experience.

Improve customer experience

A service blueprint helps businesses emphathise with customer needs and understand how a user experiences its product. A manager can track customer interactions related to delivering a service and identify areas for improvement.

Enhancing the customer experience has the potential to double business revenue – 86% of customers are willing to pay more for a great experience.

Improving your customer’s experience should be a top priority for every business owner and service blueprinting can help companies achieve this goal.

Support improvement efforts

A customer service blueprint is a powerful tool that makes it easy for businesses to identify weaknesses and support quality improvement efforts. Service blueprinting can also be used to design an entirely new service process with a human-centric approach.

Gain a competitive advantage

Service blueprints allow businesses to compare their services with their competitors and identify ways to stand out from the crowd.

Managers can also use blueprints to identify potential gaps in their services and determine what actions are needed to achieve the desired goal.

Gain a competitive advantage

What are the key components of a service blueprint?

There are different types of service blueprints, with some being more visual and complex than others. However, every service blueprint must include five key components to be effective:

  1. Customer actions:
    This should include all the steps, actions, choices, and interactions the customer experiences while going through the service to reach a particular goal. In most cases, this information is taken from a customer journey map.
  2. Frontstage employee actions:
    All the employee actions that are visible to a customer when they are going through the service. For instance, when a waiter takes a food order from a customer at a table in a restaurant.
  3. Backstage employee actions:
    Actions that occur behind the scenes so the customer does not see them taking place. For instance, when a chef prepares a customer’s meal in a kitchen restaurant.
  4. Support processes:
    Any additional actions and interactions that support the employee delivering the service to a customer.
  5. Lines:
    Service blueprints should also include three lines to categorise each element and identify how the steps in a service process interact with each other.
    • Line of interaction: This line includes the direct interactions between the customer and the company.
    • Line of visibility: This line separates the service activities that are visible to the customer from those that are not visible.
    • Line of internal interaction: This separates the employees who have direct contact with customers from those who do not directly support customers.
What is the physical evidence in a service blueprint?

Evidence is the final component of a customer service blueprint. This should include what customers come into contact with when going through the service process e.g. a store location or a company website.

What other elements should service blueprints include?

Companies can adapt service blueprints with additional elements to suit their business needs and goals. This may include:

  1. Time:
    You can add a timeline to your service blueprint to display the estimated duration at each step of the process.
  2. Arrows:
    These can be added to your customer service blueprint to represent relationships. A single arrow can show a one-way exchange while a double arrow can be used to show that agreement is required from both parties.
  3. Emotions:
    You can display your employees’ emotions in your service blueprint, highlighting how they will feel at each step of the service process.

How do I create an effective service blueprint?

There are some simple steps you can follow if you’re looking for guidance on how to make a service blueprint.

Step 1: Identify your goal

The first step is to define what business goal you want to achieve with your customer service blueprint. You must identify which customer service scenario you want to investigate and have a clear understanding of the main purpose of building a blueprint.

Step 2: Conduct research

You must then gather research about the actions and experiences your customers and employees will have. This will include:

  • Customer research:
    Collect information relating to the actions and interactions that customers have while moving through the service to reach a particular goal. This data can usually be taken from an existing customer journey map. Write down the customer experience in chronological order and make sure you identify which customer segment this particular service process caters to.
  • Internal research:
    You will also need to gather information about your employee’s experience when going through the service delivery process. This can be obtained through various methods including direct observation and employee interviews/surveys.
Step 3: Build your service blueprint

You can now start mapping your customer service blueprint using the data collected. Make your blueprint map more engaging and interactive using visuals, colours, and more.

Running a service blueprinting workshop before mapping your blueprint will align your team and ensure that the process is collaborative and efficient. LinkedIn provides the following tips for running a successful service blueprinting workshop:

  1. Set a clear objective for the workshop in advance so everyone knows what you are working towards.
  2. Take the time to prepare for your workshop and make sure that all the necessary materials and information are ready beforehand.
  3. Make your customer the focus of everything you do during your service blueprinting workshop.
  4. Always hold a debrief session following your workshop to discuss what went well and what could be improved next time.
Step 4: Review and refine

You should review your service blueprint in detail before you share it with your team members. Additional elements like arrows and timelines can be added at this stage to improve the functionality of your blueprint.

Once it is finalised, you can distribute the blueprint to your team members. You may decide to organise another team meeting or workshop to share the blueprint and discuss the outcome.

This will give your employees the opportunity to ask questions about your service process and clarify any issues.

Should I use a service blueprint template?

A service blueprint template is a useful tool that will help you build an effective blueprint for your service process. Leveraging a service blueprint template will save you valuable time and effort when compared to building a service blueprint from scratch.

By downloading our service blueprint template, you can save time and effort in creating your own blueprints from scratch and take advantage of a pre-designed format that follows best practices in service design.

There are plenty of quality free service blueprint templates available on the internet. Take a look at the template by the Nielsen Norman Group if you’re looking for a user-friendly tool for online service blueprinting and want help getting started.

Final thoughts

Service blueprints are powerful tools that help companies gain a complete overview of their services, along with the employee’s experience and the customer’s experience.

Managers can use service blueprinting to identify weaknesses in the service delivery process and optimise complex interactions. This, ultimately, improves the customer experience and helps companies maximise sales and business value.

The WealthTech industry has been rapidly growing in recent years, driven by advances in technology, changing consumer preferences, and increasing demand for personalized financial services. WealthTech uses technology to manage and grow wealth, including tools and services such as robo-advisors, micro-investing platforms, digital brokers, account aggregators, private banking solutions, and more.

One of the key technologies that is revolutionizing the WealthTech industry is language model AI, particularly large language models (LLMs) such as GPT-3. These models have the ability to process vast amounts of natural language data and generate high-quality responses that are often indistinguishable from human-written text.

Perspectives of LLMs in WealthTech industry

In the context of private banking, LLMs can be used to provide personalized investment advice and create more customized investment portfolios. Private banks can use LLMs to analyze vast amounts of data from a client’s financial history, investment goals, and risk tolerance to generate tailored investment recommendations. This can help private banks provide more personalized services and deepen client relationships.

LLMs can also be used to automate certain aspects of wealth management, such as account opening, KYC/AML checks, and portfolio rebalancing. This can help private banks reduce costs and increase efficiency while also improving the client experience by reducing the amount of time and effort required to open and manage an account.

The future of WealthTech looks promising, as large language models (LLMs) continue to revolutionize the industry by providing personalized investment advice and automating certain aspects of wealth management. With the ability to process vast amounts of natural language data, LLMs can generate high-quality responses that are often indistinguishable from human-written text. As the industry continues to grow and innovate, the use of LLMs is expected to become increasingly widespread, helping private banks reduce costs, increase efficiency, and improve the client experience.

Enabling WealthTech with Topaz, Windmill and AI

Windmill is supporting and accelerating the growth of visionary WealthTech companies by providing readymade solutions for WealthTech automated journeys with Topaz or premium customized tailor-made experiences with Windmill and our AI partners.

Topaz – building premium WealthTech journeys in months instead of years

One of the biggest challenges for WealthTech companies is providing value fast and an experience that is premium for its clients so it can stand out. Topaz provides a premium experience to private clients by improving service levels and engagement, deepening relationships, and enhancing company efficiency and compliance.

Topaz offers a range of solutions, including a 360-degree wealth view, cash banking in a single place across multiple existing accounts, secure document management, and personalized, curated channels for market events, ideas, proposals, and regulatory communications.

Windmill – building digital experiences that inspire and innovate

At Windmill, we offer digital product services to bring ideas to life. Windmill’s design and development services provide value at all stages of the digital product development lifecycle, including venture building, product design, digital transformation, and development with tons of experiences in the banking and wealthtech space.

Windmill has worked with financial institutions, banks, mortgage houses, Trust Management companies over two decades and supports our partners with premium award-winning experiences.

At Windmill, the team starts with understanding their clients’ needs with various product discovery workshops and creates a shared understanding of the problem, global product vision, the customer segments and their needs, and the value proposition. They follow that with a lot of sketching, concepts, prototyping, and iterative testing with customers.

Windmill runs multiple design and discovery sprints as needed and builds these successfully and iteratively with their agile development team.

Conclusion

The WealthTech industry is rapidly expanding, driven by technological advancements and changing consumer preferences. The emergence of innovative solutions, such as large language models, is revolutionizing the industry and creating new opportunities for private banking and wealth management.

Companies like Topaz and Windmill are leading the way, providing premium, customized solutions that improve efficiency, deepen client relationships, and enhance the overall client experience. As the industry continues to grow and evolve, investors and service providers alike will benefit from the continued innovation and disruption in the WealthTech space.

Neo banks, also known as challenger banks, are rapidly gaining popularity due to their innovative features and user-friendly interfaces. These digital banks offer a premium experience for clients with seamless and convenient access to their financial information and transactions. However, building a neo bank from scratch can be a daunting task, especially for financial institutions that lack the necessary technology and expertise.

That’s where Topaz Digital comes in. As a platform solution provider for financial institutions like single family offices, multi-family offices, private banks, external asset managers, and trust companies, Topaz Digital offers a comprehensive suite of tools and capabilities that can help neo banks create their client-facing digital offering.

Tailored, market-ready financial user experiences in a matter of months

Key benefits of partnering with Topaz Digital:

Our team of visionaries and experts can provide neo banks with the guidance and support they need to succeed in the highly competitive digital banking landscape.

Topaz Digital’s platform solutions are designed to guide customers through some simple steps to create their digital offering quickly, helping them stay ahead of the competition and meet the changing needs of their clients.

Seamlessly integrated apps give users an impressive front door: Users can enjoy a seamless and convenient digital banking experience with all operations and support taking place digitally, leading to increased engagement, a deeper relationship with the bank, and ultimately, higher client satisfaction.

The Future of Banking is Digital

Neo banks are rapidly changing the face of banking with a digital-first approach.

Contact Topaz Digital today to learn more about how we can help your neo bank succeed in the digital age.

Designing a financial app that meets users’ needs and preferences is crucial to achieving financial goals. But with so many apps out there, how can you make yours stand out? One useful principle that designers can use is called Jakob’s Law, which is based on the familiarity principle.

Jakob’s Law, also known as the “mere-exposure” effect, suggests that people prefer things they are familiar with. In social psychology, it is known as the “familiarity principle.” According to Jakob’s Law, users’ expectations about a product shift to another if it seems familiar. This means that designers can make their financial app more user-friendly by using design patterns that users are already familiar with.

So, how can banks and financial professionals apply Jakob’s Law to financial app design? Here are a few tips:

  1. Use pre-existing design patterns: Users are already familiar with common design patterns that are used in other apps. By using these patterns in your financial app, you can make it easier for users to learn and use your app. For example, users expect the login button to be in the top right corner of the screen, so don’t put it in a different location.
  2. Identify users’ “desire paths”: Users have certain tasks they want to accomplish in your financial app, and they expect to find them in a certain location. Identify these “desire paths” by using session recording tools to see how users interact with your app. Then, place the most important features where users expect to find them.
  3. Strike a balance between familiarity and uniqueness: While using pre-existing design patterns can make your financial app easier to use, it can also make it seem boring and unoriginal. To make your app stand out, add unique design elements that align with your product and brand. But don’t go overboard – the app should still feel familiar to users.
  4. Use the “Five Whys” technique: If you’re struggling to identify new concepts to apply to your financial app design, try using the “Five Whys” technique. Start by asking “why” five times to understand a problem, and then use that information to arrive at a solution.

By following these tips, banks and financial professionals can create financial apps that are both user-friendly and unique. Remember to keep the user in mind and use design patterns that are familiar to them, but also be creative and add unique design elements that align with your brand.

Jakob’s Law is a powerful tool for designing financial apps that can revolutionize the industry. By applying this principle, banks and financial professionals can create apps that not only meet users’ needs but also stand out from the competition. By boosting the user experience and increasing user engagement, these apps can also boost the bottom line. So, don’t overlook Jakob’s Law when designing your financial app – it could be the key to your success.

Windmill Digital offers high-quality product design services. Our experts are highly skilled in their field and are experienced in creating exceptional products for our broad range of clients.

For more information, contact us here.  

A product vision statement is a valuable tool that tells the outside world where your product is heading and what you hope to achieve. Creating a product vision statement should be the first step in launching any new product and its importance should not be overlooked!

This blog will tell you everything you need to know about a product vision, with tips on how to write a compelling vision statement for your next project.

What is a product vision?

A product vision, also known as a product vision statement, is the core essence of your product. It outlines the long-term goal of your product and your reasons for creating it.

Product vision examples
  • Google: “To provide access to the world’s information in one click.”
  • LinkedIn: “To create economic opportunity for every member of the global workforce.”
  • Apple: “A revolutionary phone, an iPod, and an internet communicator together in one product. Apple reinvents the phone”.

Suggested reading: Product Vision Examples That Define Great Products

Product mission vs vision

Many people confuse mission with vision, but there are some key differences between the two. Crayond explains how the product vision is the ‘what’ and the product mission is the ‘why’.

A product vision statement focuses on the reasons behind creating the product while the product mission statement focuses on actions and bringing all tasks together.

Why is a product vision statement important? 

Aligns your product development team 

Your product vision statement reminds all team members and stakeholders about the shared goal they’re trying to achieve with the product. This helps to bring your team together and reminds them of why they’re doing what they’re doing.

Improves chances of success 

Did you know that almost 95% of new products launched every year are likely to fail? Or that  50% of product development teams fail to have a consistent or well-prepared process?

A clear product vision statement will help you create an effective product strategy. This will improve your chances of launching a new product to the market successfully and gaining revenue. 

Creates a better product roadmap

Another benefit of a product vision statement is that it will help you create a better product roadmap. You can use the information in your product vision to create a strategic guide and action plan for your product development team to follow. 

Improves team productivity 

Your product vision statement will give your team a clearly defined vision and goal. This will improve workplace productivity and help you achieve your business objectives faster. 

Enables faster decision-making

A product vision statement gives your team a clear direction and helps them make faster and better decisions throughout the product development journey. 

When is a product vision needed?

A product vision statement should be created whenever you start developing a new product. It can also be a useful tool to align your team when you are making updates or tweaks to existing products.

Who creates the product vision statement? 

Writing a product vision statement is a complex task and requires careful planning and teamwork. Invite team members and relevant stakeholders to get involved and organise a creative brainstorming session to discuss ideas.

You should aim to answer key questions such as:

  • Who is your target user?
  • Who are your competitors?
  • What are your product USPs?
  • What challenges does your product help users overcome?
  • What is the product development timeframe and budget?
planing

TIP: One effective method is to ask each team member to write down their goal for the product. You can then compare and discuss everyone’s answers and come up with a product vision by the end of the session.

What is a product vision template? 

A product vision template is designed to help you create an effective vision statement for your product. The book Crossing the Chasm by Geoffrey Moore provides the following product vision template for business: 

For (target customer) who (statement of need or opportunity), the (product name) is a (product category) that (key benefit, reason to buy).

Unlike (primary competitive alternative), our product (statement of primary differentiation).

What are the desirable qualities of a product vision?

  • Achievable: A product vision can be ambitious, but make sure that it is also realistic.
  • Customer-focused: A good product vision should be customer-focused and provide value to your target audience. 
  • Concise: A product vision statement should be short and concise. Most product vision statements are only one or two sentences. 
  • Accessible: Your team should be able to access your product vision statement easily. 
  • Inspirational: Your product vision should inspire, excite and motivate your team. Make sure that your end goal is clear and easy for your team to visualize.

5 tips for creating a product vision 

  1. Align your vision with your mission: Your product vision statement should be aligned with your company mission and values.
  2. Create an agile product vision: Your team should have the flexibility to adjust the plan to achieve the product vision at any time needed.
  3. Organise an empathy mapping session: Empathy mapping is a technique that many companies use to create product vision statements. It involves improving your team’s understanding of your customers and aligning them around a common ideal/goal.
  4. Use a product vision template: Using a template, like the one mentioned above, will make the process much easier and faster. You can also use a product vision board tool to help you set clear goals and objectives for your product.
  5. Run a product vision workshop: Invite your team to a product vision workshop with the goal of agreeing on a clear product vision statement.
image

Suggested reading: How to Run a Product Vision Workshop

Summary 

A product vision statement is an essential tool that will help your team stay on track and achieve your desired business objectives. When used correctly, a product vision will align your product development team, improve productivity, and increase sales revenue.

What does DevOps mean to you?

The DevOps model is defined as practices and tools that improve the ability of any organization to deliver applications and services at a faster rate than the traditional software development models and management processes. For me, all these DevOps principles and practices are adopted through the evolution of process and tools and culture as an organization matures. The key focus should be on the culture change and the key points of the DevOps culture are effective collaboration, constant learning and experimentation leading to improvements and fast feedback.

What are your main responsibilities as a DevOps Engineer?

The DevOps engineer at Windmill collaborates with multiple stakeholders, including the client, to understand project requirements and KPIs during the end-to-end software development lifecycle. We ensure that security and compliance are not compromised in a bid to release products at an accelerated timeline. After planning the blueprint of the development and delivery process, we implement the infrastructure and the development and automation tools. This is accompanied by defining the right build, test, release, and update cycle for DevOps operations. We ensure that the code and infrastructure is properly verified and validated, and that the proper monitoring is present to help us troubleshoot and fix any bugs.
For me, my most important responsibility is to make sure to identify and deploy cybersecurity measures by continuously performing vulnerability assessments and risk management.

How has your approach to DevOps evolved during your time at Windmill? How has technology changed?

The first thing that comes to mind is tools and technology obviously, but it was also accompanied by the change in mindset and the strengthening DevOps culture.
DevOps was originally a simplistic idea, which revolved around making developers and IT engineers talk more effectively with each other. It was only over time that specific types of tools–like containers and their orchestration–were associated with DevOps. And it took longer for the DevOps concept to be extended to all parts of the organization, rather than just development and IT. Throughout my experience in DevOps, there was initially more focus towards on-premise infrastructures with various vendors offering only certain type of services catering towards specific functionality of DevOps. Then there was a shift towards using mostly cloud-native managed services for all the practices of DevOps. Docker and Kubernetes provided an application deployment format that could be used in both development and production environments seamlessly, which facilitated one of the core goals of DevOps.
Every process associated with DevOps today is always supposed to be “continuous”, referring to the idea that processes should occur at all stages of the pipeline. When I joined Windmill, I learned how to make this focus on “continuous” into “comprehensible” and “predictable”, if not literally continuous, which gives better results. Also, there are so many cloud-agnostic tools now which have helped make DevOps processes much faster with faster feedback.

What are some DevOps best practices that are important to the Windmill team ?
  • Infrastructure as Code (IAC): This is where we use scripts to deploy the infra for housing the application. It helps us test the infra in the same way we would source code, and we use virtual machines which behave like production environments early on. This makes it easier to scale and create multiple environments in days rather than months.
  • Cloud Infrastructure: We have used cloud infra as a hybrid of on-prem and cloud or within public clouds for all their managed services. But with the recent shift towards serverless architectures on cloud, we have been able to eliminate or minimize the server management operations.
  • Micro-services: This is the standard in Windmill, whereby customer apps are built as a set of independently-configured services which communicate with each other. This loose coupling helps in isolating issues, and ensuring failures in one service do not break the functionality in others. So the entire system stays stable while we can fix problems in isolation.
  • Containerization and Orchestration: Containers, more lightweight and packaged with all runtime components without the whole OS systems unlike the virtual machines, are used to instantly deploy applications across various environments and this is well combined with the IAC approach. For orchestrating these containers, Kubernetes and other cloud-native Kubernetes tools like AKS and EKS are increasingly advanced.
  • Configuration Management: This means to use code to automate servers, host configurations, operations, tasks and more. We focus on this so that changes in configurations are much more standardized, thereby saving the effort of manually configuring applications, servers, OS, software, etc.
  • Continuous Integration (CI): Our developers frequently merge their codes into the source code management repository, leading to automated builds and tests.
  • Continuous Delivery: This practice extends CI where all the successfully tested builds are later deployed to the testing and/or production environment.
  • Continuous Monitoring and Logging: The goal of this practice is to detect the problematic areas and analyzing feedback from the team and users to improve the product’s features and functionality.
What is the career path or paths of a DevOps engineer?

DevOps Engineer is a very versatile, multi-faceted role as it keeps evolving as increasingly many organizations rely on streamlining operations and the development process, along with constantly evolving the tools used for DevOps, which often means more exciting learning opportunities. DevOps Engineers typically have a background in Software/IT. Most of the times, they landed their role after spending time developing software as well as managing operations, since DevOps bridges the gap between the two. Some important skills of DevOps engineers include:

  • demonstrate that you can work as an individual contributor as well as a collaborator
  • firm understanding of using technologies for automation tools and procedures, CICD, cloud technology, source code management as well as project management
  • ability to close the gap in current technological infrastructure and come up with the right solutions

With that being said, some of the DevOps career roles are: Release Manager, Software Developer, Security Engineer, Operations Engineer, Systems Administrators, highly Technical Support Engineers with L4-L5 Support experience, and more.

What are some key resources you rely on or books from which you have learnt?

I have mostly learned everything from inexpensive Udemy courses offered by certified Cloud Professionals like Stephane Maarek (AWS), Colt Steele (Coding Bootcamps), Zeal Vora (AWS and IAC- Terraform), Mumshad Mannambeth and Edward Viaene (Kubernetes). Apart from this there is always opensource documentation available for all the cloud services. For coding my favorite book series is the Headfirst series for popular languages like Java and Python. Currently I am reading the book ‘The Pragmatic Programmer’ by Andrew Hunt, David Thomas, which offers an insight into the journey of a programmer from increasing specialization to study the core processes of the software lifecycle. It is a great book, covering lots of topics ranging from career development to architecture techniques to managing the flexibility, adaptability, and reusability of software code.

When embarking on a journey, especially one to an unfamiliar location, you do not leave anything to chance. You’ll need a plan for how to get there, and a map, whether traditional or digital, like Waze or Google Maps, will make the journey more pleasant. 

Similarly, having a graphic outline of how your potential customer experiences your product or service is critical to creating a memorable experience for them, which translates to better lead generation and increased customer retention, among other things.

Source: Delighted.com

Getting a customer to buy a product may appear to be a simple task. You make your product available, and your target customer sees it and purchases it. However, according to the most recent Baymard Institute data, the average cart abandonment rate across industries is 69.89 percent. In other words, seven out of ten shoppers abandon their shopping carts without making a purchase.

So, for your products to be successful, you must first understand the path your prospective customers take to reach your products, as well as what they need and value the most.

The Function of Customer Journey Maps in Design Thinking

In Design Thinking, getting to know your customers’ personas and understanding how they interact with your brand gives you a pretty good idea of how they will behave in the future. An excellent way to do this is through customer journey mapping.

A journey map is a detailed visualization that depicts the experience of a user-based persona as they use a specific product. It depicts the steps your customers take when interacting with your product or service.

A customer journey map specifies three elements:

  • The points at which prospective and existing customers interact with your brand. 
  • What the customer seeks at each point.
  • The path they take from one point to the other, as they move towards buying your products. A map can be illustrated for an online experience, retail experience, or a combination of these.

Why should a company carry out customer journey mapping?

Making a customer journey map confers a lot of advantages that include:

Understanding your customers more—The better you understand the customer’s expectations, the more you can tailor their experience to fit their needs.

Make better measurable decisions—By following each milestone on the journey map, you can easily measure the progress of optimizing your product’s purchase process against the customer experience desired by your customers.

Identify and improve business processes—The mapping process brings together sales, marketing, and customer support to define what customers need to know before they buy, what they need after they buy, and how these interactions can be enhanced.

Identify growth opportunities—You can use the journey map to identify new growth opportunities for your company.

Run a tight customer-centric ship—During the mapping process, auditing your content can reveal areas where you are losing customers and how you can shore up and strengthen those areas.

Steering content priorities—It’s easy for teams to become distracted by a new and exciting idea. A journey map that expresses the needs of the target audience helps to ensure that the team stays true to what your audience wants and needs.

When should it be done?

Customer journey mapping can be do when your start-up wants to:

  • Assess the gaps in your current service offering.
  • Increase the personalization of customer interactions for each customer profile or segment.
  • Create a more effective marketing strategy for your new products and services.
  • Recognize how each customer persona’s service experience differs.
  • Develop a new experience while keeping the important moments in mind.
  • Compare your competitors’ journeys to yours and create better differentiators.

Download our free customer journey map template

 

Customer journey map

If you’ve downloaded Windmill Digital’s free Customer Journey Map template, you can make and customize it to meet the needs of your brand or product.

But, before you begin creating your customer journey map, let us explain how to fill it successfully. We’ll go over what each component represents and what to expect from each question.

 

The 7 Key Components of the Journey Map

  1. Name/ Persona

A user persona is a fictitious character representing a distinct customer segment of your start-up. When creating this persona, be sure to consider characteristics like background, demographic, lifestyle, character, information sources available to them, as well as shopping preferences. The information to build user personas can be gathered through user interviews, empathy maps, surveys, etc.

  1. The Phases (Step 1-7)

A customer journey map includes significant milestones in the customer journey. You’ll begin by drafting the path your business intends for a customer to take to reach a goal. Using the typical buying process stages, you’ll list each stage horizontally. 

  1. Doing

This section of the customer journey map details the action a customer takes at each stage of the buying process. List out every action your customers take all through their interaction with your company. Whether clicking on a CTA link in your email or searching on Google.

Take note if customers take too many actions to get to their goals. Finding a solution to this by cutting down the number of steps a customer needs to take can feel risky, but it will pay off in higher conversion rates.

  1. Thinking and Feelings

Emotion drives everything your customer does. And their emotions change depending on where they are in their journey.

If your process is lengthy or complicated, they may experience a variety of emotions at each stage. Including these emotions on the journey map can help you mitigate negative journey emotions so they don’t become synonymous with your brand.

  1. Pain point voting dot

Where there is a negative emotion, there’s a pain point that caused it. Adding pain points to your customer journey map can help you identify which stage your customer is experiencing negative emotions and deduce the reason why.

For example, one of your customers could love your product but abandon their cart upon discovering unexpectedly high or hidden delivery charges.

  1. Improvement pain point

Improvement pain points are where you and your team plan on how to potentially mitigate these pain points. 

This segment aims to improve your purchasing process so that your customers have few or no issues with it and have positive emotions when they patronize your business.

For example, one way to alleviate the pain points associated with delivery charges could be to provide a FAQ page where customers can learn more about the charges.

  1. Touchpoints

A touchpoint in a customer journey map is a point at which your customer can form an opinion about your company. Touchpoints can be found anywhere your company has direct contact with potential or existing customers. Customer touchpoints can include a pop-up ad, interactions with your employees, notifications and error messages, and even a Google review.

Conclusion

Customer journey mapping is not a one-time event. The customer journey is subject to change, and your brand must be prepared to adapt. However, the template provided here should give you a good start in better understanding your customers’ journey as they interact with your company, brand, products, partners, and people.

Remember to map out the various journeys taken by the persona representing your various customer segments. This can be time-consuming, but worthwhile because boosting customer retention percentages by just 5% can maximize profits by 25% to 95%.

In this edition of Windmill Experts, we spoke with the head of Windmill’s CMS development department, Viacheslav Oblan. We discussed the factors that make Windmill-built websites functional as well as looking great; and what keeps the CMS department a well-oiled machine, among other things.

What kind of projects do you usually work on?

Viacheslav Oblan: We build great websites. When Windmill builds a web app or mobile app, it usually needs a business website to be presented for potential clients, so we do that. We usually work with CMS WordPress but have experience with other CMS platforms. Also, we work on projects for the e-commerce sector.

What role does the CMS department play in enhancing the Windmill website?

VO: Actually, we built it and we continue to support the website. We develop new features, update existing features, make improvements, and fully support the website. We also work closely with the marketing team to achieve marketing goals.

What are some key technologies used by the CMS department?

VO: We usually work with HTML, CSS, SASS, JavaScript, PHP, and different CMS platforms, and we are familiar with web animation (we use Greensock.js, Three.js). We usually use Github actions or Bitbucket pipelines for code deployment from a git repository; it is flexible and lets us automate many things. For accurate QA results, we use not only real devices but also Browserstack, which helps us check our implemented features on all possible devices, OS, and platforms, even if we don’t have a specific device physically.

What is the best way to build great websites?

VO: In my opinion, the key point is striving for perfect quality. We use modern approaches and technologies in web development but the details and responsibility of each team member to what he or she does are very important. On the development step, we think about how the site will be used in business, creating correct architecture so it is easy to use and easy to support. Of course, we should aim to create perfect code and pay close attention to quality assurance.

What do fresh graduates need to be aware of when pursuing a career in your field?

VO: I really appreciate people’s expertise. Everyone working in CMS development should strive to become an expert in a specific area. A person can then increase their areas of expertise and gain additional skills, but the key point is to start with a deep understanding of something. Don’t try to be everywhere and know everything from the start. So, my advice is to try to focus on something that you love and become an expert in this area.

How do you see the future of CMS development? Will the rise of mobile-first browsing or other technological advancements impact your work? 

VO: A “mobile first” approach is not something new for us in building responsive layouts. High performance and quick server responses are needed to ensure phone users will not wait long when the website is loaded. These standards are constantly increasing. I think CMS platforms will live and grow, transforming into different solutions. For example, it was popular recently to use SAAS products, e.g., Shopify. The main goal of a CMS is to make an admin’s life easier and let them work with the website without any specific knowledge in programming, so everyone needs one.

Have you observed any trends in terms of what clients are demanding of late? 

VO: Previously, we have done many things with the “scroll snap” effect (full-screen scrolling) and it looks like the popularity of this feature is coming back. We even have our own small product for this feature implementation and we plan to release this JavaScript library soon so everybody can use it.

It has become very popular to use the Hubspot CMS for building landing pages. We can have the main website in WordPress, for example, but build specific landing pages in Hubspot. It is a powerful solution for the marketing team.

For all our websites, we work with our great design team and get clear requirements from the design department about the animations and any UI components.

What factors make the CMS department at Windmill stand out in terms of its quality and efficiency?

VO: First of all, these are the people who work in my team. Each of them is a professional in their field, loves their job, and aims to do their job as well as possible. In addition, they are wonderful people and we have friendly relations with everyone; we easily find a common language.

Another very important point is the process.

In our CMS team, the process of working with a project is very strict but understandable. Each member of my team follows this process impeccably, which allows us to automate many tasks, set short-term and long-term priorities for several projects for each team member, change priorities if necessary quickly and without wasting time for additional communication and discussion and without sacrificing productivity.

Our process allows me not only to control the quality of work and to help my team (as a technical leader) in time but also to own the actual and detailed information about each of the projects that we do, build the correct roadmaps, plan the delivery of functionality, and correctly allocate the resources of our team depending on the priority of projects (like a project manager on some projects).

Then, when we start any project, we estimate it first. The goal is not only to know how many hours we will spend on a particular feature, but to figure out all possible issues and unclear aspects before we start development. This helps reduce the count of risked points and positions us to take a proper architecture decision from the start.

Windmill Digital offers an extensive array of digital product strategy and design services that will make your products stand out in the market. To keep up with the latest updates, contact us here!

User interviews are one of the most important aspects of UX research. When designing anything in UX, considering the user’s needs and perspectives and how the product affects them is critical to success. Similarly, before releasing a product to the market, start-ups must incorporate user interviews into every stage of the development process. If you’re a designer, a UX researcher, or work in any other area of UX, user interviews are an essential tool in your toolbox.

In this post, we’ll discuss how to interview users about their interactions with your product. We’ll break down what a user interview is, its advantages, and when to conduct one. We also have a free user interview template and some pointers on how to get the best use out of it. But first, what exactly is a user interview?

What is a User Interview?

Because of its effectiveness, the user interview is one of the most-used methods of user research in UX. It is a research method that provides deep insight into users’ needs, pain points, and desires, thus developing user empathy.

It can be conducted in a variety of settings, including traditional face-to-face interviews at a company’s headquarters, in a neutral location, or even at the user’s home. In situations where time or movement is limited, user interviews can also be conducted via video or voice call. 

For some projects with ample time and resources, the designers or researchers may be flown overseas if the target users live in a different country.

User interviews provide insight into how your target audience discusses a problem in a more intimate setting. Listen for their main problems, needs, wishes, and joys regarding a process, service, or solution as they speak. Aside from what they say, the way they express themselves when discussing such topics reveals a lot.

Be open-minded and interested in what your participants have to say when conducting interviews. If you are only conducting user interviews to confirm previously held assumptions, or to verify previously collected data, user interviews are not the right UX research methodology for you.

Why should we conduct user interviews?

User interviews let you interact with users one-on-one. Beyond theories and assumptions, you can get to know the people for whom you’re designing, learn their language, and how to communicate with them.

It allows you to collect real-time data from users about their experiences and the usability of your product or service.

It assists in defining the pain points and potential opportunities for your product to provide value to the user.

Insights from user interviews aid in the development of future products. Knowing the target user’s pain points and designing around them can help to reduce development and testing costs.

User interviews guide you in redefining your business model to be more efficient on how your product interacts with the user.

It aids the identification of new target audiences. Famously, Febreeze was selling poorly until Proctor & Gamble, aided by a new round of user interviews, switched the product’s marketing approach. The switch, which linked Febreeze to pleasant smells and good cleaning habits, worked, and sales took off.

When should it be used?

User interviews can be useful at various stages of the product development process.

Ideation. This stage is when you have a need that you want to create a solution for—but aren’t sure what form it will take. In interviewing people who have similar pain points, you gain a better understanding of your potential users’ wants and needs. The information gathered during the interview will help in creating a solution.

Contextual interview.  In contextual interviews, before being interviewed, the participant is observed using the product. This is usually done in the early stages of the product’s development, to assess the user’s experience live. 

Post-product development. When the product has been considered finished, before it’s launched into the market, testing is recommended. 

At any point you need clarification from the participant. User interviews can also be conducted if you have questions or problems that require additional insight from the participant. This is especially important if you want to interact with your respondents. It can offer insight, particularly for existing solutions.

How to use the User Interviews template?

User Interview Questions:
Tell me about yourself and your relation to product [project/ website or application]

What are the most important tasks you or other people need to perform in using [project/ website or application]?

How would you describe your past and current experience with [project/website or application]?

What devices do you typically use when visiting [project/ website or application]?
User Interview questions 2

What is your main goal when visiting the [project/ website or application]?

How often do you use or see yourself using [project/ website or application]?

Question

Question

Question

Use the provide user interviews template in conjunction with this guide for best results.  

But we’re going ahead and breaking down what to expect from each question to make it easier for you.

Q1. Tell me about yourself and your relation to the product [project, website, or application].

This question serves two functions. On the one hand, it collects information from the user. On the other hand, it also serves as an icebreaker. It relaxes the user and makes them feel at ease.  

Q2. How would you describe your past and current experiences with [project, website, or application]?

This open-ended question seeks to elicit any previous negative or positive experiences they may have had with the product. Encourage them to provide answers that are clear, specific, and accurate.

Watch what their expression says in addition to what they say with their words. Are they bitter, frustrated, happy, anxious, nervous, or even neutral? Their demeanor may convey far more than their words.

Q3. What devices do you typically use when viewing the [project, website, or application]?

This question is to review how easy it is for users to access your product. Does it require extra effort, time, or resources to access your product? Be careful not to ask leading questions as it can cause the user to answer falsely and tell you what you want to hear.

Q4. What’s your main goal when visiting the [project, website, or application]?

What is the reason for their use of your product? What problem or need are you looking to solve? What benefit do they receive from using your product?

Don’t be hesitant to request interviewees to expand on their responses.

Q5. How often do you use or see yourself using [project, website, or application]?

How frequently does the participant utilize the products? If necessary, you may ask follow-up questions. For example, for the user who does not frequently use the product, find out why. And how they believe it could be improved upon.

As well as a series of questions to guide you toward a deeper understanding of users’ genuine feelings in relation to your product, our template includes and also a few blank entries. Fill these spaces with some more specific questions of your own around your user interview goal.

These questions should help you understand what your users’ goals are, what their needs are, and how they think and feel. Avoid asking yes or no questions: On the contrary, open questions will provide you more insights and will be proven more valuable in helping you understand how the user really feels.

Conclusion

Preparation, as with most things in life, is essential! To get valuable insights from your participants, you must set a goal for your interviews, recruit the right participants, and prepare your template questions.

When conducting the interview, it is critical to establish rapport with your participants, explain the purpose of the interview, and ensure that the interviewees are at ease throughout. Interviews, when done correctly, are valuable sources of information from the target user.

We’ve tried to make it as easy as possible for your team to benefit from the user interview template. But nothing beats the guidance that an experienced design team can offer, so get in touch today to find out how Windmill can help your business clarify its user interviews, business model, and other key strategic pillars.

Every designer understands that research is a critical component in a successful product design. Expert interviews are an integral element of research. Talking to experts at the early stages of a project’s life cycle is a more efficient and concentrated method of data collection than, say, participatory observation or systematic quantitative surveys.

It is an excellent source of ‘inside’ information for startups, their products, and their target markets. Gathering information from experts with extensive experience in your field of interest gives your products a competitive advantage that is critical to their success.

What are Expert Interviews in Design Thinking?

In Design Thinking, the first step in the design process is Empathize, which is the gathering of information to understand your user.

This data-gathering is crucial to problem-solving and a human-centered design process that enables designers to discard assumptions and gain real insight into users and their needs.

Interviewing subject matter experts (SMEs) is one of the most credible ways to gain valuable perspective in data collection. An expert interview is usually a one-on-one conversation with someone who has extensive experience and knowledge in a specific field or subject matter.

Expert interviews typically involve consulting specialists to find out more about the area(s) of concern and conduct observations to aid in engaging and empathizing with your users.

Why should a company conduct Expert Interviews?

Your company needs to carry out expert interviews for several important reasons. They are:

  • Expert interviews give designers an authoritative source of data, bringing real-world perspectives and technical advice that are hard to find elsewhere.
  • It may be useful to speak with some experts in the field to better understand the problems you are facing, especially if they are complex, differentiated, and unique-to-your-field problems.
  • Expert interviews can help to shorten time-consuming data collection processes, especially if the experts are seen as rich sources of practical insider knowledge and are interviewed as representatives of a larger circle of users.
  • They recognize and dispel false assumptions and assist in forming ideas.
  • By giving you information gathered through years of experience, the knowledge makes you a mini-expert in that field.
  • Expert interviews are also useful in situations where gaining access to a particular social field may be difficult or impossible. For instance, with sensitive topics.
  • It gives timely and unproblematic access to objective data.

When should Expert Interviews be conducted?

Expert Interviews should be used when working on complex issues that require context knowledge. The expert interview should take place at the beginning of your research process, or at the end, to sum up, and corroborate research findings.

Expert Interviews Template

How to use the template

You’ve already downloaded the template. But before you start, let’s bring clarity on the use of the template.

The expert interview template is a Design Thinking tool modeled to help you better understand the right problems to solve during your interview session with the stakeholder(s). It marks the beginning of your product and user empathy journey. But how do we put the template to use?

Getting ready to use the template and conduct an Expert Interview

The template is a Design Thinking tool that can be used by up to four stakeholders. This is because multiple expert interviews provide a more accurate form of diverse data. Before getting to the questions, make sure you and your interview subjects are prepared.

  1. Provide the experts with context around the why and what of the interview session and how long they can expect it to last.
  2. Be focused—listen carefully, check you’ve understood their meaning, ask follow-up questions, and take notes. Ideally, the session will be recorded, but ask for permission first.

The template includes five questions that will get to the heart of the task.

1. What is your product?

This question seeks to uncover what products the product is and what it offers. Stakeholders should shed light on product portfolio services, such as definitions and classifications. You can also try to determine which products are the most and least popular.

2. What problem is your product trying to solve?

With this question, you’re attempting to elicit the basic, underlying characteristics that shape the product/service from the stakeholder.

What was the issue they were trying to solve by attempting to launch the product? What problem are they attempting to solve with their product? What were the success metrics for measuring how their products addressed the problem?

3. What are the main challenges each customer segment faces? What are the core values our product provides to aid them?

This question focuses on your product/target service’s customer segments. The goal is to identify market segments. Is the value you’re providing in line with the criteria that customers look for in products like yours? Who are the target market’s most common customers? (Age, gender, characteristics, and so on.) What method do you use to keep track of your customers.

What are the key customer pain points for each segment? Which do they prioritize (based on the solution they could provide through their product)? Which of the customer’s pain points are addressed by the products? How much does a typical customer spend on your product?

4. Who is using the product currently? Who would we like to use the product?

The stakeholder is addressing market size and market growth trends. Find out which segment of society is using the product. Are they part of the target group? If not, why are they attracted to the product? Is the target group for the product using the product? Who are the primary and secondary target groups who should be using the product? How do we expand our target market? What are the underlying drivers and inhibitors of growth for the target market?

5. Who are your direct/indirect competitors?

This question should address major competitors. Who else is providing the same value to our target customers that we are? Where else can your target market find the value that your products provide? Where do they get their products? Are they your direct or indirect rivals? How much of an impact do they have on our market share? 

Conclusion

It’s critical to prepare ahead of time when conducting expert interviews, which is why we’ve created a template to make things easier. However, even if you have prepared questions, don’t pass up the opportunity to ask follow-up questions if they provide more clarity and new insight. That being said, keep a close eye on the time.

Remember to pay close attention so you don’t miss anything important.

Learn what an expert interview is and how it differs from a user interview. If possible, arrange for a follow-up if you have additional questions for the expert.

After the interview, sit down and compile your feedback. Consider what stood out for you. What did you discover that you were previously unaware of? How can you apply the findings to the problem(s) at hand? Do you need to conduct additional tests and research? These questions will allow you to take the next step in your design process.

We’ve tried to make it as easy as possible for your team to benefit from the expert interview template. But nothing beats the guidance that an experienced design team can offer, so get in touch today to find out how Windmill can help your business clarify its data-gathering, expert interviews, and other key strategic pillars.

This series explores thought leadership at Windmill. It focuses on showcasing the great minds behind Windmill’s award-winning product design and development that our clients love.

Sergii Pashko is Principal Technologist at Topaz, a Windmill Ventures company, and leads the front-end department at Windmill.

What is the structure of the front-end department at Windmill?

Sergii Pashko: In our company, the front-end development department is divided into four parts: HTML/CSS, CMS, React, and Angular teams. Each of them brings irreplaceable value to product development, so each has a separate lead. I lead both the front-end development department as a whole and the Angular team specifically. 

Usually, the HTML/CSS team works together with design teams to bring the most daring designers’ ideas to life and to provide the ideal user interfaces that our company is proud of. The CMS team implements high-quality business websites and landing pages using content management systems like WordPress. They work mainly on PHP, JavaScript, CSS, and search engine optimization. The results of these teams are most visible to a wide range of audiences because they advertise businesses: Windmill Digital and Topaz Digital are brilliant examples of their work.

The case studies on Windmill’s website show the results of the Angular and React teams’ work on client projects.

Angular developers implement the logic of single-page applications. It is not usually publicly available, hidden beyond authorization flows and accessible only after signing up. Such apps solve specific problems of the product’s end-user and bring value to the business.

Front-end developers usually work in squads or project teams together with back-end, mobile devs, product owners, quality assurance engineers etc. Each product has from 1 to 15 front-end engineers, sometimes even more.

What role does Angular play in the front-end development department?

SP: Angular is one of the most used technologies for FinTech, Wellness, and some other domains in Windmill. It is a universal framework. It allows us to naturally transform the interactivity and functionality of web applications to provide the best user experience (UX). We use TypeScript (a superset of JavaScript), Angular’s modularity, routing, event handling, composability, unit testing, and more to bring structure and simplification to the application building process.

It is easy to learn this framework. Some developers implement one website after another in a hurry in most outsourcing companies. They repeat the same forms for many years in different projects, while they don’t even have a good understanding of JavaScript’s core functionality, patterns, and paradigms. It’s not required for small projects.

In our company, it’s different. We usually omit simple projects. Based on our low-code solutions over Angular, customers can create hundreds of various websites almost without coding.

How essential is Angular to the development and design of fintech products? 

SP: In the past, everyone was accustomed to banks requiring Java Applets to access user account details. It was a huge step forward from just in-person banking in boring offices, but still was not a perfect solution. Do you remember when banking software required installing a few levels of certificates and additional applications (like Java JRE) on your Windows PC? The software didn’t support either Linux or Mac, and some banks even required a specific version of Internet Explorer! Of course, that’s far from a great user experience as well as problematic in terms of accessibility and flexibility.

Since then, online finance products have transformed multiple times and nowadays even Google Chrome on your phone supports online banking web apps with no issues.

It’s exactly those cases where Angular is a great choice. Thanks to Angular’s Incremental DOM approach, which involves an optimized bundle size and memory footprint, web applications based on this technology have the best performance on mobile devices.

Performance and UX are significant, but what about security in Angular? Isn’t it the most valuable part for fintech?

SP: The most critical work in terms of security is usually covered at the infrastructure, backend, and transport (TLS) levels. But Angular is one of the best security options required for client apps.

It provides a proper architecture out of the box, built-in protections against common vulnerabilities and attacks such as cross-site scripting (XSS), request forgery (XSRF or CSRF), script inclusion (XSSI), etc. Angular treats all values as untrusted by default; it sanitizes and escapes them. Its HttpClient has built-in support for the client-side half of a common anti-XSRF and anti-XSSI techniques.

What are some key features of Angular? 

SP: Angular has a great modular architecture provided out of the box. There are many well-defined coding standards provided directly by framework creators. It allows you to be relaxed about architecture and spend more time on actual development.

Also, the framework has a command-line interface (CLI) for code generating, updating, scaffolding, etc. We also build our custom Angular Schematics that extend a base CLI functionality to speed up our development process.

Angular has a components approach, RxJS, high testability, a deep usage of TypeScript features that enhance the developer experience and code quality control.

What role does Webpack 5 play in your department? 

SP: Webpack is a static module builder for JavaScript applications. Version 5 with Module Federation was released a year ago and allowed developers to create separate bundles from a single application to build and deploy them separately. It also allows combining multiple apps developed with different technologies in one. We started hacking on it immediately. It wasn’t even officially supported by Angular 11 (the latest release at that moment).

Now, Angular 12 and onwards have the support of Module Federation. While many companies around the world only start proof of concept (PoC) projects on it, Windmill’s Team has finished its framework over Angular that helps to roll out new federated micro-frontends on this technology fast.

Was there any other way to implement Micro-frontends when Webpack 5 didn’t exist?

SP: Yeah, micro-frontend architectures have been around for a long time. I’d split them by integration approach: build-time and run-time integrations. I know many companies that use the first approach — they publish each sub-project as a separate NPM package. Then they use it in the main app as a library. It gives an appropriate level of flexibility: using various library sets allow you to implement a new app by combining packages in a new way. Still, build-time integration in most cases won’t allow the team to follow all the micro-frontend principles such as independent deployment.

Here we come to real-time integrations, which can solve this problem. For instance, the iframe approach is one of them, which existed even when nobody used the term “micro-frontend” for it. Also WebComponents which was presented in 2011. This technology has a native browser’s support. Then there was single-spa, a JavaScript router library for front-end microservices, and they have a few competitors, cannot recall the name of each now.

Nowadays, we can call all these approaches “traditional” while Webpack 5 module federation is the cutting-edge technology at the moment.

Are there any other tools you use in your job?

SP: Micro-frontends are just a hot topic in the front-end world and one of the reasons why good developers choose Windmill for their next job. We use Angular Material, Highcharts, Ag-Grid, Azure, Bitbucket, etc. Technologists always use the right tools for each part of their responsibilities, so the list of tools is almost infinite. In a few weeks, the list could change unrecognizably.

For example, for chats between team members we used Slack for some time, but then moved to Google Meet. A few months ago, we decided to try Microsoft services, migrated all the communication of one project into MS Teams. Now we are deciding to move back or try something else. We are not afraid to make mistakes but we won’t stay on uncomfortable instruments.

How important are tools like Git, Bitbucket, and VS Code/WebStorm compared to others?

SP: Usage of Git is an industry-standard now, just decentralized and one of the fastest and popular version control systems. Bitbucket is a Git repository management solution. In simple words, we store our code there, run builds, git-flow processes, but from project to project Angular team is flexible in choosing alternatives. Some projects may use GitLab, GitHub, or even Azure DevOps.

VS Code and WebStorm are competitors themselves. We build our projects in a way that supports both IDEs with no issues. If someone is more performant on VIM, Emacs, or even Notepad++, they are free to choose.

What expert advice can you offer an engineer that develops features to enhance the user experience?

SP: Usually, it’s not enough to just have strong knowledge of JavaScript, HTML, CSS, and one of the frameworks (like Angular, React, or Vue) to become a good front-end developer. They don’t only have to work on their tasks, but also need to have an understanding of the business reasons of the project, its technology varieties, and needs.

Spending ten years working on some technology doesn’t make you a Senior Developer. It depends on your attitude to work, attention to detail, and communication skills more than just how well you know Angular.

A good developer has to be proactive (developers shouldn’t say that they can’t do a feature because they don’t have a particular tool), understand the pros and cons of different tools, and handle a development process themselves. They have to feel like the project is their own business, as if they pay for its development out of their credit card. Good developers build projects that they are proud of.

Windmill Digital offers high-quality product design services. Our experts are highly skilled in their field and are experienced in creating exceptional products for our broad range of clients. For more information, contact us here.

Editors’s note: In the few weeks since the following interview took place, Akshata has been promoted to Windmill’s Senior Leadership Team as Windmill’s India team HR representative. We are immensely proud of Akshata’s development and progress at Windmill during her six years here! 

In the latest edition of We Are Windmill, we spoke to Akshata Bhandare about her career in HR and her journey at Windmill. 

How did you start at Windmill? Tell me a bit about your interview and first meetings with the team. 

It was 2017 and my previous experience belonged to the manufacturing industry, but here I was entering the IT world. My final interview was with the founder himself, Sunny Gambhir, who asked me just one question: What are you passionate about? This one question was enough for him to decide whether I was selected or not.  

While I was still feeling conflicted about whether I made the right decision to switch between industries, an incident came up in which a founder of a recruitment agency asked my manager if I could cope with the IT industry. My mentor confidently replied, “Yes of course, Akshata has potential and I am sure she will be able to do a great job!” This motivation was all that I required to keep me moving ahead and to live up to the expectations of my mentor. 

I was challenged enough by both my mentor and Windmill’s then-CTO of India, who always answered all my tech expertise-related questions. They wanted me to be technically strong, to avoid me looking unprepared or someone who does not have technical knowledge when I took technical interviews with candidates. 

How has the company changed since then?  

As I was handling an HR generalist profile, I was interested in the operations side of the things too. I was never asked why I required to know any information. I was supported by all my mentors and, as a result, I started looking into operations activities as well. Initially along with India, I also assisted for recruitment in Ukraine. 

As time passed, Windmill grew as an organization and we now have specialists for every activity.   

Focus on marketing has increased as compared to the past years, we have a dedicated marketing team taking care of several marketing campaigns and every individual in the organization feels responsible for the company branding. In short there is an awareness among the employees for the same.  

Roles and people performing those roles are clearer, the teams are becoming more aware & focused. 

How has Windmill supported your personal development? 

Windmill has always been an organization that gives opportunities to experiment with roles. In case an employee believes that he/she can perform a particular role or handle a function, they always get a chance to prove themselves and explore their career options.  

The company believes in the potential of their employees as much or sometimes even more than the employees believe in themselves.  

Windmill has helped me to grow myself in the IT domain. My knowledge of Agile & Scrum methodologies has also widened.  

Apart from HR, I have been given the opportunity to explore and deliver any role/function that I wanted. I have completed certifications and continue to pursue more as I am working at Windmill; this has helped me to stay updated with the current and emerging trends in the industry. 

What contributions have you made to the company? 

During the pandemic we were focusing on reimagining the fundamentals of the organization and rethinking the operating model and ways of working in the “new normal”. As an HR representative, I have played a central role in how the company builds organizational resilience and drives value.  

To be successful, a transformation should touch every face of an organization—people, process, strategy, structure, and technology. HR can help create an iterative approach by developing core elements of the people-management process, including new career paths for agile teams, revamped performance management, and capability building. The next step for me in the company is to link technology and analytics with day-to-day HR functions.  

The accelerating pace of technological change is widening skill gaps, making them more common and quicker to develop. To survive and deliver on their strategic objectives, all organizations will need to reskill and upskill significant portions of their workforce over the next ten years. This is where the HR function in Windmill can play a vital role to minimize employee skill gaps.  

What advice would you give to new colleagues? 

Windmill is an organization that believes in the latest technology and the potential of the employees. If you have the potential to work smartly and develop yourself, your efforts will never go unseen in Windmill. Windmill always has acknowledged and rewarded good work and effort.   

Do your best, upskill yourself, set clear goals & expectations to keep you moving forward.

 

Windmill Digital designs and builds outstanding digital products. Find out how your business can join the community of beneficiaries of Windmill’s experience-led design ethos.  

Before beginning a design project, there are a few important questions you should consider. Some of these questions will be directed at you, the designer, but the vast majority will be directed at your client.

You can satisfy your clients’ desires and create opportunities for them in return by asking the right questions and understanding their desires, needs, and goals.

So, in this article, we’ll look at 12 questions a designer should ask before kicking off a project. We hope this article can be a point of reference that you can return to help you navigate the project process.

Why are these questions important?

Asking questions comes with a lot of benefits for the project and the designer. These include:

Direction

It’s bad enough to start a project blindly, but it’s even worse to discover mid-project or at the end that you went in the wrong direction.

All the answers you get will help you know where you’re going and give you an idea of what the outcome should be.

Return to these questions and answers whenever you feel the project is veering off course. This enables you to see where you’re going wrong, reconsider your strategy, and get back on track.

Clarity

Asking the right questions is important. When you ask the wrong questions, you will get answers—but those answers will do nothing for you in terms of clarity.

The goal of asking these questions is to find out the objective and variables of the work you’re doing. Each question you should ask should clarify the project more. The more questions you ask, the closer you get to the project. Nir Eyal says in his best-selling book, ‘Hooked’, that “only an accurate understanding of our user’s underlying needs can inform the product requirements.”

Confidence

You give your clients confidence that you understand their needs by asking and listening to them. It improves their understanding of the design process. Those who are torn between options or have no clear idea of what they want can benefit from answering these questions because it gives them a more solid definition of what they want. This increases their trust in your abilities and allows them to come to terms with you, especially in the area of your rates.

Being aware of what your client requires gives you confidence. This increases the likelihood that you will be able to produce an output that will satisfy your customer. And a satisfied customer often means a glowing review and referrals.

Questions a designer should ask their client

1. What inspired you to create this project?

It’s critical to understand why your client wants to do the project, whether it’s to design a new product from scratch or to redesign an existing one. This question allows you to learn about the project’s motivation and purpose.

Inquire about the company’s core values as well as the meaning behind the company name and logo. Some of these may provide hints as to what is at the heart of what they want the design to reflect.

2. What do you hope to accomplish with this project?

This is a very important question. You’re not only asking for the expectations they hold about the project. You are trying to learn what they’re expecting from your team and their hopes for the project. Aim to go above and beyond this expectation.

If they are rebranding, find out what they disliked in the previous project. When you determine what the issues are, you stand a better chance of a satisfactory solution.

3. Where will the design be used?

Make sure to discover which medium will be hosting the design. Is it for a mobile app, a website, both, or a web app? Is it digital-only or is print included too?

Is it going to be an iOS-only or an Android-only app? These answers will help you in choosing layout and font types for your design.

4. Who is your target audience?

Asking your client to define their target user personas is vital to delivering the human-centered design ethos at the heart of Design Thinking.

There are many theoretical approaches to defining a persona. You can construct a persona based on:

  • Goals—a goal-based persona foregrounds what they want to achieve, tasking you with working out how to deliver what they want to achieve.
  • Tangible fictitious qualities—a design team can use data to create a realistic, well-rounded persona. Going beyond a generic character to one that feels real, a design team can better picture how they might feel frustration or satisfaction during their user journey.

But as with anything that depends on assumptions to a degree, developing personas comes with pitfalls. Demographics can be an important part of creating personas, but you risk introducing bias into your work. Equally, you need to be sensitive to cultural concerns or taboos of the people you’re targeting. If it’s not sending the right message to those it should appeal to, you must change it. Always bear the desires, needs, and wants of your target group in mind. You’re not designing for yourself but for an audience.

5. Who do you consider your competition?

Whether direct or indirect customers, every business, service, or product has competitors. Learn the competitors of the product you’re building and how your design helps the products stay ahead of them.

6. What kind of style do you want?

What kind of aesthetic is your client looking for? What design elements and styles do they want to see in their design? This can be a difficult area to navigate, especially when it comes to reconciling what the designer believes will work with what the customer desires.

If you suspect that something in the customer’s system isn’t working properly, try to explain why. Working with a client with whom you disagree on design requires tact and firmness.

7. What’s the budget for this project?

Make your rates known to the client as soon as you can. Don’t be tempted to lower your rates, be honest about what you charge for your services.

If they think your prices don’t align with their budget, the design they want is more expensive than the budget allocated, try breaking down the charges. Seeing where the costs are coming from can help them decide what they want to change to lower the price.

8. How can you be reached?

Communication with the client and stakeholders is vital when working in design. Find out from them what mode of communication is easier, whether email, messaging services like Slack, or video calls.

Also, find out how frequently you need to be communicating. Some clients will require little to no interaction till the end of the project, others will be more hands-on following the progress more closely. milestones.

9. What’s the time allocated for the project?

Agree with the client on a time frame that will benefit both of you. The time should be an adequate timeline to get the product finished within the given time frame. Add more time than you’ll need as a contingency in the case of emergencies.

Questions a designer should ask themselves

Now, as a designer, you have responsibilities to yourself when embarking on a project. Ask yourself these questions to ensure you can do yourself justice as well as the client.

10. Do I understand the scope of this project?

You must be confident that you fully understand how to translate all the answers the client gives into a solid project that will give your client results. If it still feels like there are areas where you need more clarity, talk to the client, a more experienced designer, or anyone who can provide a broader perspective. Wading into a project you don’t fully understand is going to make the design journey harder than it needs to be.

11. What are the risks in this project?

Every project comes with a measure of risk. Risks are circumstances, scenarios, activities, or variables that occur during the execution of a project. It can affect the progress, targets, results, resources, timeline, and budget of a project.

Defining these risks before they occur allows you to prepare a plan for avoiding them or mitigating those that cannot be controlled, such as your client causing delays or your designers falling sick a few weeks before the website’s launch. You must have strategies in place to stop risks negatively impacting your work.

12. Have I done a similar project before?

Experience with similar projects can be a big help. Whether the experience is good or bad counts towards helping your design be a success.

Good experiences tell you what worked in this previous project. But don’t assume that the same will work for your client. If the client’s proposed design aligns with your previous work, then your job has been made a bit easier. Borrow good features from similar projects to boost the design. Jakob’s law tells us that the familiar is often a good thing in design.

Bad experiences with previous designs also help because it lets you know what does not work. This makes it easier to eliminate the option instead of making the same mistakes all over again. Make sure you’re communicating with the client before implementing them.

Conclusion

Situations will vary according to the different brands and what they want. By no means are they meant to be a rigid constraint but rather a fluid guideline. They can be a baseline or a starting point for further questions as the case may be.

Having a team of experienced designers is a huge plus, you have a variety of questions from those who have successfully done the design process from start to finish. This and more why our team of expert designers at Windmill Digital is perfect for all of your design needs.

Contact us here for more information.

An outstanding digital customer experience has become a prerequisite for the success of early growth start-ups. But unfortunately, few organizations hold all the knowledge, resources, or proficiencies necessary to execute a complete transition into digital. Skill gaps can exist within early growth financial services firms where implementing digital solutions may mean the difference between scaling at speed or succumbing to the competition.

Developing strategic partnerships with a digital product company has rapidly shifted from “nice-to-have” to becoming a necessity. Today, there isn’t an industry better represented by this change than financial services.

This blog aims to spotlight the benefits of working with a digital product partner for companies and projects in the early stages of deployment.

Two Paths to Digital

According to a global survey by McKinsey, executives and senior level managers were three times more likely to say at least 8 out of 10 customer interactions are digital in nature than before the pandemic. Service integrations and the API (application-programming interface) have changed the financial services landscape to such a degree that a digital native approach has now become the only approach. For start-ups and new product development, digital should now be the starting point, not an eventuality.

A company’s digital transformation journey can take two paths. The traditional approach, and the one traveled by many start-ups, is to build an in-house digital team. Bootstrapping is viewed as a cost-effective tactic and initially this may be the case. However, as development progresses, the lack of knowledge depth and digital insights eventually catches up to the team.

Partnering with digital product professionals is the second and more advantageous path to take. Three benefits emerge for early growth financial services companies that adopt this approach. They include valuable industry expertise, boosted speed of execution, and increased productivity. When brought in-house, such attributes could take months or years to develop.

Advantages of Digital Partnerships

The right digital partnership can open a new world for start-ups and project teams building the next great financial product. Examples abound where focused collaboration brought ideas to market faster and with higher customer adoption than otherwise would have been possible. Such success stories are a direct result of the value digital partnerships provide.

Industry Expertise

Very few business models can survive taking a trial-and-error approach to product development, especially within the financial services field. However, a digital partner can bring insights from a vast pool of research and experience to inject into your offering immediately. More importantly, they provide a best practices framework from which to build your digital experience.

According to Deloitte, most financial service companies face issues with their transformation to digital. While many challenges fall outside the control of digital project teams, those that do require industry expertise. Understanding regulations, the complexities related to data handling, and the habits of the consumer are the types of insights digital partners offer to accelerate the digitization process.  

Boosted Speed

Deploying a new product or service can only happen as fast as the technology behind it. And your technology can only be designed, tested, and supported by a robust digital team.

Every financial service offering has fundamental standards which must be adhered to. Digital partners, having built numerous projects in the past, bring foundational elements to the table, offering new projects a springboard from which to develop their products. As a result, the need for start-ups to start from scratch is eliminated.

With speed also comes agility and flexibility. These key attributes allow companies to pivot when and as often as necessary. Strong partnerships will avoid taking one step forward two steps back and instead will side-step or overcome challenges as they present themselves.

Increased Productivity

While more hands make less work, so too do fewer but more experienced hands. From the start, an organization’s digital transformation journey is fraught with difficulties. Learning to navigate a path filled with obstacles is not a task new ventures should want to undertake. Even in the earliest stages of digital development, the ability to anticipate and sidestep potential hurdles can keep projects from derailing.  

Valuable time and money are wasted when projects veer off course. The experience digital partners bring to early growth financial services start-ups allow them to develop and deliver their project faster, while remaining flexible to adapt and change. Their knowledge makes forming a digital partnership an efficient use of limited capital, maximizing every minute and dollar.

By partnering up with digital professionals, productivity gains are further accelerated by adding the capability to collect and analyze data in real-time. As customer insights accumulate and internal procedures are dissected, projects can be brought closer to their final form faster than following the antiquated build first and test later methodology.

Selecting Your Digital Partner

Choosing your digital partner is not a task to be taken lightly. After all, they very well may hold your future success in their hands. Fortunately, today’s business environment spans across oceans, allowing you to access talent across the globe to meet your exacting needs.

When considering whom to partner with, there are a few key characteristics to be on the lookout for:

Aligned vision – You will want to seek out a digital partner looking for more than just another project but wanting to become a part of a greater purpose.

Supportive team – Things can go south in a hurry. Seek partners who share your enthusiasm and are willing to stick it out through thick and thin.

Reliable and ready – Gain insight into a potential partner’s commitment to success by requesting referrals of clients having had similar project experiences. 

Agnostic perspective – Search for someone who seeks out the best solutions instead of trying to make a specific product or service fit into your project.

Confirmed experience – Ask potential suitors for specific experiences they’ve had in financial services, the challenges they have faced, and how they overcame them.

A delicate balance must be struck for early growth financial services companies seeking to go digital. The right partnership can provide a fierce competitive advantage, while the wrong alliance could be utterly disastrous.

Conclusion

New financial service offerings certainly benefit from taking a digital-first approach. Think about how the trajectory of your project would improve by coupling industry experience, enhanced development speed, and increased productivity to your grand vision. Bringing a digital product partner early into your digital transformation journey may be the most profitable decision you make.

Windmill Digital creates high-quality finance apps with our highly experienced team of experts. We provide customized solutions to meet all your UI/UX and security needs. Contact us today to learn more about how we can make digital a reality for you.

Let’s talk about Wealthtech. If the last fifteen years or so have been characterized by an intensive drive to digitalize almost all aspects of our economy, it’s fair to say that wealth management has been something of a laggard in that respect. A conservative industry based on trust and close relationships, it’s understandable why wealth management could be wary of the atomized, impersonal nature of digital relationships.

However, we have come to see that those fears are mostly unfounded and a wide range of companies, called Wealthtechs, have shown how digital solutions can supplement (or even replace aspects of) the delivery of wealth management services.

But as Wealthtech is a new industry, and one easily confused with its better-known cousin, Fintech, we want to take the opportunity to provide an in-depth explainer about what Wealthtech is, what problems it solves, its history, and its future.

What is Wealthtech?

First, let’s define what Wealthtech actually is, as there is some conflicting information out there on the subject.

Definition of Wealthtech 

Wealthtech is a subset of Fintech, which is the delivery of a broad range of financial services through digital means. Within that, Wealthtech is focused on delivering wealth management services digitally. 

The question is: What has digital enabled in the wealth management space that wasn’t possible previously? 

Broadly speaking, solutions fall into two categories: solutions that expand the availability of wealth management services to wider social groups; and solutions that leverage digital to deliver traditional wealth management services more effectively. 

Perhaps it would be helpful to look at the difference between eToro and Betterment and why one can be considered Fintech and the other is Wealthtech. eToro is an investment platform that lets customers buy and sell a wide range of assets. It allows them to get hands-on with their investment portfolios and become individual active investors. We would argue this remains Fintech, despite its services being used to build one’s wealth. 

On the other hand, while Betterment also allows its customers to invest in the stock market, it requires them to consider their long-term financial goals, risk appetite, and investment horizons. It does not allow its customers to trade individual equities (or other asset types), deploying algorithms to invest instead in passive funds. It treats its customers like private wealth clients. Therefore, we can consider Betterment a Wealthtech company. 

Both the above groups target the customer not the service provider, but Wealthtech solutions also exist that improve the lives of the wealth managers themselves, either allowing them to serve more clients or serve existing clients more effectively—or both. The term for Wealthtech solutions for wealth managers is “Advicetech”, although this term is not as established. 

Click here for a deeper look into the differences between Wealthtech and Fintech. 

Wealthtech Solutions 

Wealthtech companies comprise, by our count, seven distinct verticals.

Robo-Advisors 

Robo-advisory platforms provide algorithmically generated investing and financial planning services. New clients will complete a questionnaire that assesses their risk profile, ESG (environmental, social, and governance) views, time horizon, financial goals, and other key criteria, forming an investment basis. The platform will then invest typically in passive investment funds. 

Robo advisors can deliver services at scale, allowing them to charge lower fees. Clients can also open accounts with a smaller investment pool and can access the service at any time. On the downside, they have fewer investment options available. 

Robo advisors make up the fee deficit through processing larger volume of transactions, thanks to their larger client base. 

We’ve dug further into this topic in our blog, ‘How Wealthtech is democratizing investing’. 

Robo Retirement 

Some firms offer algorithmically generated retirement planning. The general approach is similar to the robo-investment platforms, just with a tweaked end goal. 

Micro Investing 

For people who struggle to set aside a monthly sum for investing, micro investing allows customers to round up their daily purchases to the nearest primary unit of currency (dollar, euro, pound sterling etc) and invest the margin in their portfolio. This allows the customer to slowly build up their investment pot without having to adjust their behavior or spending. 

This model is possible with zero investment fees and the advent of fractional shares. Fractional shares are a portion of a share that’s less than one whole share. 

Digital Brokers 

Digital Brokers automate services provided by traditional brokers in verticals such as insurance and mortgages. Robo advisors can also be considered digital investment brokerages.   

Account Aggregators 

Made possible by Open Banking regulation introduced in the 2010s, account aggregators use APIs to bring together an individual or household’s financial accounts (savings, current, and investment) in one place. 

Private Banking Solutions 

The ultra-rich have different, or extended, needs in terms of managing their wealth than the layman. Companies such as Topaz bring together a raft of existing technologies to offer end-to-end private wealth solutions that make wealth management easier for both clients and advisors alike. 

In the tug-of-war between automated and traditional (in-person) wealth management, a third way, hybrid advice, is winning. Hybrid advice empowers clients to handle certain tasks themselves while retaining the ability to talk to their personal financial advisor, building and maintaining the key element of private banking—trust. And for the advisor, such solutions automate laborious processes so they can focus on their biggest value-add—building relationships with clients. 

Advicetech 

Advicetech companies provide software solutions that help wealth management firms improve the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of their operations. While the term was coined relatively recently, Advicetech is perhaps the oldest type of Wealthtech, with financial planning and stock-picking software first appearing in 1998.

Find out which six Wealthtech companies we think are delivering outstanding UX.

History of Wealthtech

Now, let’s take a look at the big picture: how Wealthtech began, what its adolescent growth phase looked like, and what’s happening in the industry in the early-mid 2020s as the industry matures.

Stage 1: Origin of Wealthtech 

Before Wealthtech really started in around 2008, proto-Wealthtech companies and services existed before then. Financial Engines, now known as Edelman Financial Engines, began providing retirement planning and fund-picking software in 1998 for instance; while software that supports wealth managers has also been around since the ‘90s. 

Stage 2: Growth of Wealthtech 

The release of Betterment’s platform in 2008 can be considered to mark the initiation of the Wealthtech movement. Betterment was perhaps the first robo-advice platform and, as of 2022, is the largest globally. Wealthfront went live in 2008 as well. Betterment’s release coincided roughly with the 2007 Financial Crisis. Some commentators have drawn a link between the two, arguing that people looked to new ways to control and stabilize their financial situation in a turbulent time.  

No doubt that’s part of the equation. A more likely factor, however, was the coalescence of new consumer tech becoming available, namely the original iPhone in 2007, and the tech industry becoming a distinct entity. Together, businesses had new challenges to solve and new channels through which to deliver their solutions. With sophisticated software and hardware in consumers’ pockets for the first time, app-delivered services became viable.  

Not too dissimilar to Betterment, Nutmeg, a London-based robo-advisor, arrived in 2011. Other robo-advisors that sprung up in the following years included Scalable Capital (Germany), Wealthsimple (Canada), Stockport (Australia), Moneyfarm (Italy), TrueWealth (Switzerland), and 8 Securities (Asia-Pacific). There are an estimated 100 robo-advisors around today. 

Micro-investing pioneer Acorns was founded in 2012, followed by Stash in 2015. 

Robo-retirement company RobustWealth was founded in 2015 (but was absorbed into its parent company, Principal, in 2021, three years after its acquisition).  

Stage 3: Consolidation of Wealthtech 

While the world’s biggest financial institutions had incorporated robo-advisory technology in their own offerings for a while, the 2020s saw a change in their digital advice strategy. A period of consolidation began and many of the most successful robo-advisors were acquired for large sums. Nutmeg was acquired by JPMorgan in 2021 for nearly $5bn and Wealthfront was acquired by UBS a year later for $1.4bn. 

This is where we appear to be currently: the best Wealthtech companies have proven their business models and have drawn the attention of the financial world’s big beasts. 

Future of Wealthtech 

What does the future hold for Wealthtech? Who can say for sure, but here are some of our predictions: 

Further consolidation 

It seems likely that further acquisitions of some of the biggest Wealthtech companies will follow Nutmeg and Wealthfront. Although still small in comparison, robo-advisors have built up sizeable AUM (assets under management) and have a proven business model. Companies could also be acquired for their analytics models and plugged into established offerings, finding synergies that way. 

Betterment is still independent—could this change in the next few years? 

Increasing technological sophistication expands appeal of robo-advice 

While there remains scepticism about robo-advice (albeit not evenly across age groups), the continuing improvement of advice and advice delivery will see robo-advice gain ground on human/expert advice. Just as how shopping on mobile phones feels normal to most people now (compared to ten years ago when people were still suspicious of it), taking advice from an algorithm will be normalized. 

Algorithms will be improved in terms of analytics and personalization; while AI and natural language processing will allow customers to talk to live chat robots as if they were a human wealth manager. 

Private Wealth solutions will gain clients 

While many Wealthtech companies target the mass market, companies such as Topaz will hone their private wealth offering, delivering an exclusive digital experience that mimics, or even improves on, the delivery of traditional wealth management services. The tech industry has been somewhat slow to turn its attention to private wealth management and a great opportunity exists to digitize many aspects of the sector, improving client experience and uncovering cost efficiencies for wealth managers. 

Increased investment into the sector 

Investments in Wealthtech companies has dramatically risen in recent years, and we expect this to continue. According to Fintech Global, Wealthtech investment in 2020 was more than double the 2019 figure, of $9.2bn vs $20.9bn—and that latter number only covered Q1-3 2020. The total number of deals grew by 7% in the same timeframe, suggesting that the average value per deal was greatly increased. 

While it’s probably fair to say we can’t expect Wealthtech investment to double every year, certainly there is momentum behind the growth.

Conclusion

Wealthtech is an industry to keep an eye on. At Windmill, we have been solving Wealthtech problems for clients for many years, such as delivering a slick onboarding experience, enabling a holistic view of wealth in one place, and, most importantly for us, building our own Wealthtech company, Topaz. If you have a problem with an aspect of your service, consider Windmill as your partner

In this installment of Windmill’s Thought Leadership Series, we sat down with Alexander Molchanov, our seasoned engineering manager who also leads the HTML/CSS team. Alexander provided valuable insights into his area of expertise and discussed his experiences working at Windmill.

What is Windmill’s HTML/CSS team responsible for? 

Alexander Molchanov: Well, first of all, Windmill is a company that cares about design solutions, and, as such, there is a big team of great designers who create innovative experience designs. The HTML/CSS team works closely with designers to implement their vision and any avante garde ideas they have in the first-class web applications of our company. By keeping a keen eye for small details, using the best approaches and modern technologies, and improving the final results with several stages of testing and reviews, we bring this experience to end-users.  

We are also responsible for design systems, responsive design (rendering on displays of various sizes), accessibility, image optimization, SEO, email templates, and print styles, etc. Sometimes we can work independently on some types of projects, but mostly we work together with other development teams, such as Angular and React, on large, complex web applications. 

What are the key technical skills for HTML/CSS developers at Windmill?

AM: Of course, HTML and CSS are basic and key skills, but that’s not all. The list of key skills also includes SCSS, SVG, WAI-ARIA, JavaScript/TypeScript. Also, our work involves knowledge of React and Angular (at least at a basic level), GIT, design and build tools, UI component libraries, package managers, design systems, and so on. There are even more secondary skills, but it makes no sense to dwell on them. In total, the list of skills and knowledge areas in our Team Levels Framework consists of 87 items at the moment.  

We used to also learn and practice jQuery, PHP, MySQL, server administration for our WordPress-based websites, but now another team is in charge of that, so we have more time to hone our core skills and learn some new related technologies. 

What other Front-End teams are there in the company? 

AM: Currently there are four Front-End teams in the company: HTML/CSS, Angular, React and CMS. Each team has many excellent specialists in their field, who have years of experience behind them and are still intensively developing to reach the peak of their capacity and efficiency. Depending on the requirements of the project, selected technologies and some other aspects, front-end developers from different teams form mixed sub-teams and united in squads with other teams (such as Back-End, Quality Assurance, Management, etc.) jointly develop modern and high-quality products of the company. This model has proven itself, especially in large long-term projects. 

What do you think is the advantage of highly specialized Front-End teams? 

AM: The main advantage is the ability of such teams to create projects of any complexity with well-thought-out solutions and excellent quality. 

It’s no secret that every developer is limited in the way of his development by a number of factors, for example, the ability to assimilate a certain amount of information per unit of time, free time for learning, memory stability, monotony or technological limitations of projects, and so on. In addition, technologies do not stand still and are continuously developing, supplementing, changing every day. Also, new auxiliary tools appear, new specifications come out, more and more libraries and frameworks are invented, while something becomes irrevocably outdated and loses its relevance. 

And all this leads to the fact that it is easier for developers with a smaller technology stack to stay on the wave of relevance. They have more opportunities not only to go as far as possible into the jungle of their technologies, experiment, practice non-standard approaches, understand the slightest nuances and specifics of the selected technologies, but also more often and deeper to track any innovations. They hone their skills almost to the ideal, can solve the task of any complexity within their specialization, write cleaner and more optimized code, make fewer mistakes, use significantly fewer hardcodes and workarounds, etc. 

If we talk about developers with a wider technology stack, they are more versatile, but at the same time, their knowledge and skills in each individual technology are less than highly specialized developers. Therefore, the quality of their code and the visual part are often worse; complex tasks take longer to solve or are even rejected; or for some solutions, cumbersome alternatives or third-party libraries are used instead of several lines of correct code, etc. As a result, projects can look worse, work slower, have more different problems, and it’s harder to maintain them. 

Nevertheless, any specialists are in demand now. As for the choice between highly specialized and cross-functional specialists, it depends primarily on the company’s goals, expectations, and quality requirements. 

Does knowing other technologies make you a better web developer?

AM: I think it’s useful to be familiar with other technologies. This can help you better understand all stages of project development, work with other teams more easily, resolve various problems. But it’s important to find the line because spending too much time on other technologies can negatively affect your core skills. In addition, not all technologies might come in handy, so it’s not really good idea to waste your time on them. Everything must be wise. And everything needs a reason. As for me personally, I can spend up to 20 percent of my time studying other technologies that are interesting to me and useful for projects. 

What are your main responsibilities as HTML/CSS lead? 

AM: All my responsibilities can be roughly divided into 3 groups: general, project-related, and intradepartmental.  

The general responsibilities include the development and updating of standards and technical documentation as well as universal modules and libraries; the introduction of new technologies and optimization approaches; the development of trial tasks and evaluation systems; prescreening candidates and holding technical interviews; communicating with other leads and top-management around high-level questions; knowledge sharing between departments; and participation in resource planning and allocation, and so on.  

Project-related responsibilities contain the following: communication with clients and team members, analysis of the project goals and technical expertise, project planning and estimation, support in resource management, work on project architecture and technical solutions (together with other leads), technical documentation, regular code reviews, VQA, development strategy, and refactoring plans.  

I also have intradepartmental responsibilities, which include department development strategy, team expansion planning, technical onboarding and continuous support, integration scheme, mentoring, team documentation, OKR process, inventing and conducting various training events (like code hackathons, workshops, technical meetups, etc.), review and verification of developer skills, supporting materials and learning programs, review of developers seniority level, knowledge sharing, introduction to new technologies, team motivation, resolving various issues, and corporate events. 

What is the prevailing atmosphere in your team?

AM: Actually, I’m very proud of my team. This is the case when the team consists not only of cool developers but also of good sociable people. We have a very friendly and exciting atmosphere. All the guys in the team are very positive, without arrogance and pomposity, they are always ready to help each other, support in any matter. We often hold various events, like to brainstorm and resolve issues together, periodically meet outside of business hours to discuss work and personal issues. Of course, it helps to work better, easier and more fun! 

What technologies have you started using in recent years?

AM: Since we stopped supporting the Internet Explorer on our projects a few years ago, and nothing else holding us back, we have begun to use the full power of modern CSS. We have started using CSS Grids, CSS custom properties, content-based intrinsic sizes and context-based extrinsic sizes, logical properties, new functions, various modern properties and values that were not supported by IE, etc. We also abandoned almost all vendor prefixes, stopped using different fallbacks and polyfills, optimized old mixins, and so on.  

With the start of React projects, we mastered a new javascript library and a number of new knowledge, started using [React UI library] Ant Design, learned styled-components, discovered new auxiliary tools for facilitating our work and automating some processes. There are also many interesting plans for the near future, but it is too early to talk about them. 

How does the HTML/CSS team ensure the best implementation of projects?

AM: We always take care about the quality of our work. Years of experience, responsibility, well-coordinated teamwork and a number of established processes help in this matter.  

So first of all, it is an individual approach. Even at the project planning stage, we carefully review all the requirements for the project and the client’s expectations, thoroughly analyze them and choose the best suitable technologies taking into account possible risks and scalability. 

Secondly, in the process of working on a project, each piece of code goes through several levels of thorough code reviews by different developers. Also we do visual quality assurance, stress-testing, conduct code optimization sessions, and so on. 

Thirdly, we have multi-level testing, which includes both automated testing and manual testing in various conditions at different levels: by developers, tech leads, designers, QA engineers, and managers. 

Fourthly, we periodically conduct global code review sessions between sprints and collectively decide what can be improved. There is always something to cut, optimize, redo or refactor. Thus, the project code is not littered and is always under close scrutiny. 

Finally, we carefully test the project at the stage of completion and put the final touches on it.  

What are you doing to train HTML/CSS developers quickly and effectively? Are there any training activities in the team? 

AM: I think we have succeeded in this direction. In addition to a good mentorship model, OKR process, general development programs and shared training materials, we have a number of training events within the department. Some of them are code hackathons, workshops, technical meetups, master-classes. 

Code Hackathons help developers to improve their practical skills on the top level, better analyze tasks and make the correct decision, look at problems from all angles, think outside the box, improve their ability to work under the pressure and with tight deadlines. And all this without real stressful situations on the project, but in a gambling and interesting way. 

Master-classes help broaden the horizons of developers. At them, we analyze all possible options for solving one problem in different ways, both obvious and very unexpected alternatives, find and discuss the best approaches, share experience and ideas. 

Workshops have many different advantages: learning new technologies and the latest updates in existing ones, consolidating old knowledge, improving teamwork skills, and finding common interests by developers. Fairly often these events take the form of quizzes, mini-games, interactive exercises, collaborative coding, or group discussions. 

As for technical meetups, they can be held by developers on absolutely any topic that is useful to the team. The history of all meetups is archived and available for new developers to study. 

Usually, we have up to ten events per quarter. This is enough to constantly improve the overall technical skills of the team, and at the same time not overload the developers.

What are the career prospects for developers in your specialty? 

AM: Our specialty is a good option if you would like to start your career in web development because HTML and CSS are key technologies in this area. Each web developer, regardless of direction, should know at least the basics of these technologies. After a few years of study and practice, you can choose your future path: Continue to grow and become a great specialist in this direction, or easily switch to Angular or React (for example) or to technical project management, or whatever you like. There are no boundaries here. The main thing is to know exactly what you want and where you would like to go. Any specialists are valuable in the market, but only if they are good. 

What advice would you offer fresh graduates pursuing a career in your profession? 

AM: The most important thing is to be diligent and attentive. Try to spend as much time as possible on learning and practice, at first preferably not only during the day, but also at night. Do not miss the chance to dig deeper, experiment, look for popular solutions to average problems and compare them with your own solutions. Always think and analyze, do not learn automatically.  

In terms of learning itself, it is now much easier because there are guides, videos, and courses available on the internet for any budget. You can experiment with different types of training and understand what you like best and understand better. I would highly recommend taking some interactive courses. I will not advertise any specifically for obvious reasons, but you can easily Google and choose the best ones by rating. 

Interactive courses are a very interesting approach where you learn theory and immediately practice in a playful manner. This causes additional interest and excitement and makes learning not boring at all. In addition, it would be good to find an experienced mentor who will help you with advice, direct you on the true path, and point you in the right direction. A good mentor will shorten your learning time by several times and help you avoid the most common mistakes. 

Finally, could you say a few words about working for the company? 

AM: I’ve worked at Windmill for over 5 years. That already says a lot. We have a good general atmosphere in the company, with many great specialists, interesting complex projects, high team morale, and good career opportunities. What else does a developer need for happiness and self-realization? Of course, there are some challenges that can happen in any work, but they are rare, minimal, and quickly resolved. So in general everything is great! 

Windmill Digital offers high-quality product design services. Our experts are highly skilled in their field and are experienced in creating exceptional products for our broad range of clients. For more information, contact us here. 

Wealthtech apps help us manage our wealth better—and our experience as users only gets better when they’re easy to use (and pretty to look at!). The success of Wealthtech apps (partly) depends on their UX. Part of creating a lasting UX is ensuring its simplicity and that the app is user-friendly. When a Wealthtech app has exceptional design elements and easy navigation, it engages customers and encourages them to promote it. This can lead to a higher ROI as well. Superior UX also means a consistent app design.

In this blog, we will be highlighting our top picks for Wealthtech apps with the most outstanding UX.

WealthFront

WealthFront aims to democratize customer access to high-quality financial advice. The WealthFront app has a simple UX that allows users to make their first portfolio and access advice on how to get the most out of their returns. The portfolio has a simple interface and lets users know, for example, their estimated targets saved. It appears like this:

Source: Wealthfront

Users have a choice to begin with a portfolio built for interests such as Social Responsibility, then customize it according to their preferences. The app offers 100s of funds in different categories. Some of these include, but are not limited to, clean energy, technology, and crypto. It also warns users if it detects their choices are not lining up with their preferred risk level. 

The company’s “Socially Responsible” portfolio offers customers a faster UX as they can enjoy a diversified portfolio in a matter of seconds. Users can also get in touch with financial experts who have evaluated dozens of funds to merge social responsibility with future performance. The UX also contains elements of personalization that allows customers to add extra funds to support the causes most dear to them.

The Social Responsible profile looks like this:

Source: Wealthfront

WealthFront’s retirement planning scheme on the other hand, allows users to track their progress by showing them their investments, with the software automatically managing their trades and investments in a time efficient manner.

Vitaliy Bobrykov, a designer here at Windmill, states:

I like WealthFront as it has a unique and cozy style. Its main focus is on investing for long-term purposes (like retirement). I like how they designed onboarding and guidance, how they are educating users, and how they make complicated things about investing look simple for users.”

Revolut

Revolut helps customers efficiently track their daily spending and long-term planning for savings and investments.

The app offers users a convenient UX as it helps them calculate limits based on their spending predictions. Users get notifications when they’re reaching their spending limit. They can even get a full picture of their spending as the app offers them a breakdown by merchants, categories, countries, etc.

Source: Revolut

Revolut also offers users a diverse UX by allowing them to invest in Bitcoin, Ethereum and other tokens in more than 30 currencies. With a simple tap, they can trade from as little as $1.

Source: Revolut

Vitaliy Bobrykov states:

Revolut is a big product with a bunch of features, but the app is clean and clear with simple structure and navigation, and it doesn’t look overwhelming.

Robinhood

The company’s main mission is to “democratize finance for all”. They make products that allow users to start investing at their own convenience. They can start by adding $1 towards companies that they value.

Source: Robinhood

Stash

The company was created to provide “everyday Americans” with the opportunity to create wealth and invest. Their personal portfolio is not only diverse but is created according to the user’s risk level. The UX is clean and simple and the design comprises the perfect mix of black, white, and blue.

Source: Stash

Users can also create a “Smart Portfolio.” With the use of robo-advisors, users can have a seamless UX as they’ll help them make investments in line with their goals. 

Source: Stash

The retirement portfolio also offers a convenient UX, allowing users to even search for companies and ETFs easily.

Source: Stash

Betterment

The company aims to help people expand their everyday investments. The app offers an immersive UX consisting of eye-catching colors and images. Users can easily add the amount they wish to invest and why, and any other investing goals. The general investing account appears to be like this:

Source: Betterment

Users can easily track their goal’s performance in their account. The UX is made easier with the use of graphs.

Source: Betterment

The retirement planning section of the app allows users to calculate how much they want to save against their spending needs, link to external accounts to gain a clearer perspective of their financials, etc. The UX is simple and allows users to track their progress by easily inserting their target amount and date.

Source: Betterment

Betterment’s all-in-one dashboard is the epitome of great UX. Not only does it allow users to view their total net worth, but they can also add shared accounts that let them keep track of shared finances. These are just a few of its many features!

Source: Betterment

Topaz

Topaz is a wealth management platform that delivers a slick experience for its HNWI (high-net-worth individual) users and their advisors alike. 

It’s clear that the app is designed with user experience front and center. Its UI is simple and familiar, but also sophisticated and personal. In fact, personalization is embedded in every aspect: it learns what news each of its users finds interesting, what investments they might want to make, and even allows goal-tracking that pulls together a wide range of asset types. 

Source: Topaz

Conclusion

Wealthtech apps are useful to anyone who wants to manage and save their money. Thanks to modern technology, innovations such as robo-advisors have only made this faster and simpler. Great UX is one of the main ingredients of Wealthtech apps. Without it, they would not attract a wide user base or stand tall against their competitors. Whether it’s offering simple navigation systems, easy-to-read fonts, or attractive colors, exceptional UX encompasses it all.

Windmill Digital offers exceptional digital product design and strategy services. Our team is highly experienced and will make you stand out against your competitors. For more, please contact us.

Abiding by the status quo is so yesterday: Wealthtech firms nowadays are smashing it. Despite the name, Wealthtech firms don’t exclusively cater to the wealthy, but use technology to extend their services to different income groups as well. For the layman, investing has become more simpler because of Wealthtech services and the industry is on the rise. Modern technologies like robo-advisors and artificial intelligence make this possible as they offer investors valuable, personalized advice and budgeting techniques. The global Wealthtech solutions sector, in terms of revenue is predicted to grow to $137.44 million by 2028. Between the time period 2021 to 2028, the industry is expected to increase by a CAGR of 14.1 percent.  

Nutmeg is an example of a successful Wealthtech firm that serves a mass-consumer base. Founded in 2011 and based in London, UK, the company specializes in investments, ISAs (individual savings accounts), and pensions. Nutmeg allows the layman to invest easily as it creates investment portfolios and based on the risk level users are willing to take, they are offered investment opportunities aligned with their preferences.  

So if you’re wondering how Wealthtech has democratized investing, you’ve come to the right place. In this blog, we’ve covered everything for you.  

How Wealthtech has made investing more accessible

One of the big things Wealthtech has broadened access to is investing. 

Micro investing

Wealthtech firms broaden their audience by offering services that appeal to more than just those belonging to the HNWI segment. They now serve, for example, the younger population or people from lower income groups. They do this by lowering the cost of entry to make investments and deliver services that are increasingly accessible, i.e., via smartphone apps.  

It has also become more accessible for different groups to access Wealthtech services because no minimum investable assets threshold is required. For instance, if people needed to have investable assets worth more than, for instance, $1 million to be eligible to obtain private wealth  services- this is no longer the case. 

Various micro-investment platforms available today allow users to regularly invest smaller amounts of money without paying a commission. Stash is a leading company that offers customers micro-investment platforms. Founded in 2015, it offers customers different investment plans based on their needs and budgets. They can invest $1, $3, $9, and so on and choose investment plans that work best for them.  

Robo-investors

Wealthtech firms today incorporate smart technology such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, and robotic process automation. While the good old model of in-person interaction between client and advisor is still relevant, many of these services are now automated and customized.   

A great example of technology used in Wealthtech firms is robo-advisors. These use algorithms to efficiently buy and sell equities and provide financial advice. Robo-advisors are automated services that use machine-learning algorithms to create the best investment portfolios for users. In 2020, the total AUM (Assets Under Management) for robo-advisors rose to $980 million. Moreover, a report published by Insider Intelligence states that in 2022, Robo-advisors will manage a massive $4.6 trillion 

Digital brokerage

Digital brokerage is another example of how technology helps with investments. Digital brokerages are online platforms that allow customers to get stock market data and access to a range of investment opportunities. Brokers usually charge an expensive flat fee per trade, which is one reason why investing was formerly a fruit only enjoyed by the rich. The new face of Wealthtech is undoubtedly changing this. A popular social trading platform used today is eToro. On the other hand, Robinhood is a company that makes it easy for traders to invest in stocks.

texture

1 hour

Innovation & Direction

Find out how your UX is performing and how to gain a competitive edge.

experience

How Wealthtech has made private banking services more accessible

Wealthtech has also broadened access to private wealth-like services, made possible through algorithm-based long-term financial planning. 

Retirement planning

Robo-retirement is a technology used by Wealthtech firms that helps customers with their retirement planning. The goal is to help customers efficiently manage their retirement savings. Robo-retirement services not only make retirement portfolios for customers but also help them manage their assets better and offer strategic solutions.  

Personalization

Wealthtech firms use personalization to provide their customer base with tailored solutions on a large scale. Personalization includes analysing customers’ susceptibility to risk, their access to funds, and any expectations for the future. This way, Wealthtechs can make investment portfolios for them that are best suited to their needs. Betterment is a leading company creating high-quality investment portfolios for clients.  

Personalization can include an optimized content management system that improves investment solutions and advisor efficiency. This can enhance customer experience as their relationship with the company will strengthen via better communication channels. Another way of personalizing a Wealthtech app includes having in-depth information about a customer’s household, their annual income, etc as this can help companies create personalized options most appropriate for them.

Conclusion

The art of investing money has changed with the times due to a sharp rise in technology and modern innovation. Things like micro-investment platforms mean people from different income groups can enjoy the benefits of investing and increasing their savings over time. Wealthtech firms play a significant role in the finance world, and without them, investment would not be as democratized as it is today. Technologies like robo-advisors or robo-retirement, for instance, not only help customers manage and invest their money wisely, but their automated nature makes the process convenient and seamless. 

They say don’t judge a book by its cover, but what if you judge it by its color instead? Pretty colors are a sight for sore eyes, and this is true in the world of financial app design too. Colors are innately linked to our psychology as humans. Color psychology is related to the study of colors as a factor in determining human behaviour. This notion was explored mainly by Swiss psychologist Carl Jung who regarded color as the “mother tongue of the subconscious.”  

Color has a significant emotional and cognitive effect on users and is one of the essential components of fintech app design. Customer user experience can broadly be understood if the concepts of color psychology are applied. Research has found that customers make subconscious decisions about products in 90 seconds; 62-90 percent of that is because of color.  

Color: How it’s linked to emotions

Research has shown color to impact our mood, sleep, and overall wellbeing. Every color symbolizes different things, and it can be beneficial for designers to know the connotation attached to each when designing fintech apps.

Purple, for instance, represents royalty and luxury, whereas black can represent sophistication, formality, or security. Given that many color combinations can be made for fintech apps, it can be challenging to determine the most appropriate one. Your color palette can evaluate the quality of UX.

Warm colors stimulate feelings of contentment, positivity, and energy. The colors red, orange, and yellow can also signify hazards. Cool colors on the other hand, including green, blue, and purple, are typically gentle and relaxing but can also symbolize sorrow. If a company wants their products to symbolize well-being, beauty or safety, green, blue, or purple would be suitable options.

Color and culture

Colors symbolize different things in many cultures, and it’s a good idea for designers to familiarise themselves with these other implications when designing products. This is especially true for companies that operate in different countries and being sensitive to how color fits into a certain culture can help you meet users’ needs better.  

In Western culture, the color black symbolizes death and grief, whereas, in Far Eastern cultures, it can represent good health and success. In the Middle East, black can symbolize mystery and mourning, whereas, in Indian cultures, it can represent evil or negativity. UX designers need to empathize with these cultural implications when creating color palettes for fintech apps.  

Generally speaking, blue is the safest color choice globally. In Europe and North America for instance, it represents power and trust. This is mainly why American banks choose blue as the primary shade of their company logos. However, in places like the Middle East or South America, it can signify sorrow and melancholy (getting “the blues”). 

Color coding for Fintech products

In the world of fintech, green and red hold immense importance. They represent buy and sell, profit and loss, etc. When choosing colors for fintech apps, think about visibility and clarity. White backgrounds with bold colors, for instance, can help stimulate users—contrast is key. Reflect on which colors showcase your clients’ values and brand image or how they can help them stand out in the market. 

In finance, it’s key for a brand to represent trust, safety, and esteem. While you may want your product to demonstrate status and wealth, it’s important to focus on factors like loyalty alongside.  

Blue is one of the most popular choices for fintech brands as a primary color. Not only does it represent trust and loyalty, but it works well with the main colors of fintech (green and red) as well.  

A study by Hurlbert and Ling found that participants from both genders react quicker to blue color contrasts. Other colors UX designers can include in their color palette include purple, which represents wealth and harmony, or black, linked to sophistication and style. Black is also an extremely versatile shade and is popularly used with white. 

We spoke to Windmill Senior Designer, Vitaliy Bobrykov, to talk us through his approach to color in one his financial app designs.

When we work on a big client project, color choice should be dictated by brand strategy (which demands specific research) and design system, but in a conceptual project like this, it goes more from my personal aesthetic preferences and experience. The color blue can be considered “traditional” for financial apps based on the psychology of color perception (Revolut, Public.com, Coinbase, etc). And as for me, the blue color is easy to work with, [it’s easy] to find nice-looking pallets and complementary colors. Besides that, I wanted to experiment with a dark theme, that is not only popular but a “must have” for today’s apps.

Conclusion

Color psychology is an interesting field that can be applied to financial app design and knowing its basics can help you meet customer needs better. Colors exist in our everyday lives, but they have a subconscious control on us that can affect our decision-making when buying products. Understanding and empathizing with which colors appeal to your customers is a huge part of meeting their needs. Chances are, they won’t use your products if the first impressions of it, i.e., its colors, don’t appeal to them.

To harness the power of psychology in your financial apps, shoot us a message.

While Fintech and Wealthtech may seem like two fruits from the same tree, they do indeed have their differences. Fintech combines finance and technology, Wealthtechaims to offer an alternate solution to conventional wealth management firms by automating wealth management and investment services for users. It is a subsection of Fintech.

Fintech has become one of the most rapidly growing industries globally; with an estimated annual growth rate above 25 percent in 2022 alone, the industry is predicted to be worth above $310 billion. On the other hand, the wealth tech industry is expected to be worth $137.44 million in 2028. Both industries are increasing at their own pace and have seen new advancements over the years.

But what are the differences between Fintech and wealth tech? This blog will discuss just that.

Fintech and wealth tech: Definitional differences

Fintech connects finance with technology to transform the way consumers use, spend, and receive their money. In Fintech, specialized software and algorithms can be accessed via computers and smartphones. Today, Fintech comprises various sectors and industries like retail banking and investment management. Cryptocurrencies like bitcoin are also starting to be readily used.

Wealth tech aims to offer digital solutions to improve personal and professional ways of managing and investing. It uses modern technologies like artificial intelligence and Big Data to offer other methods of wealth management other than the ones conventionally used. The goal is to make wealth management and investment options coherent and computerized.

Fintech and Wealthtech verticals

Fintech and wealth tech comprise a range of verticals.

Fintech companies are typically involved in:
  1. Lending:
    This involves Fintech companies directly offering loans by evaluating the borrower’s creditworthiness. Loans can even be requested online.  
  2. Payments:
    Fintech companies allow people to make payments at cheaper rates. Modern technologies such as blockchain allow Fintech companies to offer customers better prices than banks.  
  3. International money transfers:
    Modern technologies simplify the process of international money transfers, and Fintechs are now providing customers with a cheaper alternative to sending money internationally. International money transfers can be done via peer-to-peer lending, cross-border payments and digital currencies. It has been found that banks and money transfer companies tend to charge about an eight percent fee for international money transfers.  
  4. Personal finance:
    This includes apps that provide budgeting advice to consumers.  Many even offer advice regarding retirement or investments. Mint is a Fintech that helps customers budget whereas companies like Level Money help customers with their savings. 
  5. Equity financing:
    Fintech companies belonging to this category make it simpler for businesses to raise capital by connecting start-ups with accredited investors. They also provide virtual fundraising (non-profit events online or those with online components) for potential investors as the entire process is carried out online.  
  6. Consumer banking:
    Fintech is disrupting consumer banking by offering prepaid debit cards to people who are unable to get credit cards. Companies in this category include Green Dot and Netspend.  
  7. Insurance:
    Fintech companies in this category offer individuals’ insurance who aren’t able to get it via other means.
Wealthtech verticals:
  1. Robo-advisors:
    They create viable investment options via machine learning algorithms that are dependent on a users’ risk aversion profile and factors like age and income. Another variation of Robo-advisors is Robo-retirement companies. They help manage retirement savings.  
  2. Micro investment:
    These platforms enable users to invest limited amounts of money with zero commission fees. This increases their need to have bigger estates to gain profit. Not only do they make investments simple, but they are attainable as well. 
  3. Digital brokers:
    These make stock market data and opportunities accessible to people. eToro is a popular one.  
  4. Investment tools:
    These offer additional data to investors via digital channels.  
  5. Portfolio management:
    These platforms enable users and financial advisors to control their investment portfolios in an organized manner.  

This year, some Fintech trends include a rise of digital-only banks, artificial intelligence, and machine learning. Research by Business Insider Intelligence stated that 48 percent of banking representatives believed that blockchain technology would have a massive effect on banking in 2022. Research has also predicted open banking to generate $43.15 billion by 2026.

Wealthtech trends for 2022, on the other hand, include an increase in tokenization, a rise in the number of Wealthtech start-up purchases, automated compliance management, and an increase in virtual reality when making managed investments.

Conclusion

Fintech and Wealthtech are emerging industries that have immense value and potential in the technology world. Not only have they made our lives easier when it comes to managing and saving our finances, but they have also reduced the need for traditional banking services. While they may have their differences, both fields are moving towards a bright future and are constantly coming up with new innovations.

Windmill Digital offers exceptional digital product design and strategy services. Our team is highly experienced and will make you stand out in the market. For more, please contact us.

Whether business or personal, who wants to dwell on their problems for long? Fortunately, the former can be solved in the least time: Design Sprints. If you’re wondering how they can help banks, you’ve come to the right place. But first, let’s expand on what a Design Sprint is in the first place.  

Design Sprints is a valuable method used in product design, where new ideas are tested and prototypes are made in one week. In some cases, it can last a few extra days. They are the quickest way to solve product-related problems and gain customer feedback. And if you’ve got the right team, you’re off to a good start.  

In this blog, we will take you through the five Design Sprint phases for banking projects.  

Phase 1: Explore  

In this phase, you identify which challenge you’re trying to solve via the Design Sprint. Get people from different departments in your company to create a dynamic team. You want to have all sorts of ideas on the table before deciding which one to prototype later. Consider making an Empathy Map during this phase to understand your customers better. You have even had lightning demos where team members share inspiring concepts linked to your competitors’ products. This can help you think outside the box.  

If you’re a bank seeking to offer 24/7 customer service but at a lower cost, you’ll consider how you can do this during this phase. Should you opt for live chats? What about AI? Do you have human operators or automated ones on calls? You’ll weigh the pros and cons of everything. 

Empathy Mapping is a key tool Windmill uses to understand our customers’ customers. Read how it works here.

Phase 2: Define  

During this phase, the different problem solutions are weighed. You’ll be refining the ideas your team came up within the earlier stage. The product manager, designer, engineer, marketer, user expert, and decider will all share valuable inputs. You can also study trends in the banking industry related to your product or service to generate deeper insights.  

Use a storyboard to visualize all the ideas and present your information. The storyboard will also allow you to clarify each step of the problem you’re solving and help you determine what needs to be prototyped. You don’t need to identify every user flow; focus on how you can create a realistic prototype that can provide you with genuine customer feedback.  

Phase 3: Prototype  

When creating your prototype, don’t add unnecessary aspects, as it’s a better idea to keep one flow constant. The main goal is to make a less costly, scaled-down version of your product, as this will help you identify any issues with its design. Not only will you be giving life to your ideas, but you’ll also understand your product’s workability. The designer in your team has to understand your vision correctly to achieve your vision for the prototype.  

Jake Knapp, the brains behind Design Sprint, says in his book, Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and Test New Ideas in Just Five Days:  

“Prototype mindset. You can prototype anything. Prototypes are disposable. Build just enough to learn, but not more. The prototype must appear real.”  

Phase 4: Validate  

During this phase, your customers will test your solution and give you valuable insights regarding the prototype. You’ll know how well you met your customers’ needs and whether you created the right prototype.  

Consider inviting potential customers to interact with your prototype and have an interviewee question at least five customers. These interviews will be witnessed by the Design Sprint team, who will then note down any important takeaways from the interview.  

Phase 5: The pitch  

During this phase, you’ll show your prototypes and their conclusions to your client. You will also be making a report of all the ideas gathered during the Design Sprint to share with potential investors and stakeholders.  

Conclusion  

Design Sprints can help banks solve complex product issues inexpensively and quickly. Ensure you have the right team members that bring unique ideas to the table best suited to their expertise. This will not only help you reach an efficient solution, but you’ll be viewing the problem at hand from multiple perspectives. The five phases of Design Sprint can be effective if attention is paid to every detail involved within each phase. You might even achieve your business goals as you meet customer needs.  

Windmill Digital offers high-quality product design services. Our experts are highly skilled in their field and are experienced in creating exceptional products for our broad range of clients. For more information, contact us here

It’s all about that moola when it comes to finance applications. The cost of creating a finance app is no joke, but it’s certainly one that’s worth every dime in your pocket. The cost will vary accordingly, whether it’s a banking, stock-related, mobile, or bitcoin app you’re creating. You want to create an app that meets your business goals. One that’s not only high performing but also includes new-edge features that give you a market edge. Digital banking services are also rising, with 46% of people exclusively using them to manage their finances.   

Now would be a good time if you’ve been in a rut about creating your finance app.   

This blog discusses the various costs of creating finance apps and the various development, labor, and development/design factors you need to consider.  

Consider the basics  

When working out the costs of a finance app, know that there exists no standard cost. The type of the app, its functionality, who it’s built by and where it’s built all affect the price. Every business has its own needs and goals, which plays a role in determining the cost of an app. You do, however, need an approximate budget and time estimate to get started.   

At a base level, a finance app that offers users a secure and seamless online transaction method can cost $40,000 minimum. It can take around three to four months to create it. On the other hand, a finance application consisting of basic functionality and user interface can cost you somewhere between $30,000 to $50,000. If you’re looking to integrate modern technologies and enhanced solutions, you’re looking at a cost between $50,000 and $65,000. A highly complex finance app can cost you $80,000 plus.   

To find out how the financial app development process might look, read our blog, How to build a finance app.

Your team  

As mentioned earlier, your development team can affect the cost of your finance app. Factors like team size and their hourly rates can significantly impact your app cost.   

A local app development agency, on the other hand, can cost about $120,000. Local developers offer a more efficient development process that avoids time-zone-related delays. 

However, the cost of MVP development significantly rises with local app development agencies as the costs vary according to geographical locations.   

Freelance developers cost around $30,000. These are independent contractors you can separately hire to develop a finance app. While freelance developers can offer greater insights into your app development process, they can be inconsistent as they may have other clients’ projects simultaneously. Signing an NDA with a freelancer is important as it’ll bind them from transferring confidential data to your competitors. 

On the other hand, an outsource development agency is a remote team you hire at another location. It’s managed by a third party who always employs the entire team. An outsourced agency can cost around $40,000. Not only are these less expensive to run, but they’ll connect you with experienced business analysts, senior-level app developers, etc. A disadvantage would be that time zone differences can disrupt the project’s progress as these teams are hired remotely. Constant monitoring is also required, which can be tedious.   

Costs by location   

The costs related to finance applications can vary from country to country. Expect to pay top dollar for a banking app made in the USA, costing about $500,000. In Ukraine, costs may run to $175,000 and in India $105,000. Investment apps can cost around $180,000 in the USA, $60,000 in Ukraine, and $30,000 in India. Consumer finance apps cost about $240,000 in the USA, $80,000 in Ukraine, and $50,000 in India. Insurance apps cost roughly $300,000 in the USA, $100,000 in Ukraine, and $75,000 in India. Lending apps cost around $270,000 in the USA, $90,000 in Ukraine, and $65,000 in India.   

Other factors to consider   

Other factors that may impact the cost of your finance application include its features. The more complex your features are, the higher the cost. The operating system of the finance application, i.e., whether it works on iOS or Android, will affect its cost too. Whether your application is native or hybrid can also affect its cost. The development cost of native applications tends to be higher. Security is also another investment, as you’ll ensure you meet the necessary security requirements. Third-party APIs also cost a considerable amount of money, and your cost will vary according to how many integrations you need.   

Conclusion   

Finance applications are certainly an investment worth making if you put your money in all the right places. Think about how your costs can vary according to geographical or developmental reasons. Having an experienced team on board is helpful because they’ll offer you their expertise. It’s good to have a rough estimate in mind and take it from there. Consider all the ways you can get the best out of your money. Hiring a remote team in a less costly place, for instance, can help you save money. 

Windmill Digital is experienced in creating high-quality finance apps, customized according to client needs. Our experts are trained and highly experienced in their field and will ensure they meet all your security and UX requirements. To start building your own finance app, get in touch. 

Optimal security is the main not-so-secret ingredient of fintech apps. Data breaches typically occur due to hacking, payment card fraud, theft, etc. In Ponemon Institute’s 2020 “Cost of Data Breach Study”, the global average cost of data breaches stood at $3.83 million while it was $8.64 million in the US alone.  

We also can’t discuss data breaches without mentioning Equifax—a company whose data breach cost them around $4 billion dollars in just a few days! Or consider the example of LA-based fintech giant Dave, whose customers’ data (7.5 million records) was traded by cybercriminals. A major breach doesn’t only make it on the news, but it presents a massive reputational risk for the company too. For business owners, it is important to let users know how their financial and confidential information is protected to give them confidence in your services.  

In this blog, we’ll run through all the essentials for fintech app security.  

Get the app logic right  

Security needs to be integrated into each step of the app user flow. A detailed security policy needs to be available, but, outside logins, for the most part security should feel invisible. Fintech apps will be storing sensitive information such as ID verification or credit card payments, and how to store these securely needs to be considered beforehand. It may not be necessary to store credit or debit card numbers as some servers tend to store the token that recognizes the billing method. Consider the example of Apply Pay, who created a system called tokenization (one-time codes) for payments to avoid data breaches.  

Setting up a system like RBAC (Role-Based Access Control) can be useful as it’ll allow you to organize permissions. Alternatively, you can also opt for ACL (Access Control List). This is a list of every operation a user can carry out. Enforce the use the complex passwords to avoid hacking and encourage users to change them every couple of months. Two-factor authentication codes are also a great option as they comprise the usage of one-time codes.  

Logging in every user activity such as their IP address, device data, or geolocation also helps uphold an app’s security. Track all user transactions and halt the ones you deem suspicious or fraudulent.    

Infrastructure security  

Without proper infrastructure security, hackers can easily access an app and disrupt its privacy. The seven layers of security is a strategy that can help you maintain maximum infrastructure security. It includes enforcing next-gen firewalls and proxy servers. Install an antivirus software and consider using endpoint management software. This will restrict unauthorized devices from accessing your app. Conduct workshops and educate your team about social engineering hacks (such as phishing) too.  

Appropriate data handling is guaranteed by companies that have earned security standard certification, with ISO-27001 being the best known. 

We’re proud to say that Windmill Digital is ISO-27001 certified

Data encryption 

Encryption includes mathematical algorithms that convert information into specific codes that are only recognized by the receiver. Data encryption is an effective way of securing user information. Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is the most popular data encryption algorithm for storage encryption. Others include RSA, which consists of a private and public encryption key; and Twofish is a freeware algorithm that allows data to be encrypted seamlessly into 128-bit blocks. Another alternative algorithm is 3DES, which is popular in safeguarding credit card PINs. To avoid hackers from misusing information, Pretty Good Encryption (PGE) can be used.  

To maintain the security standard of your fintech app, encrypt information such as users’ names, addresses, social security numbers, payment histories, account numbers, etc.  

Think about coding standards  

Your fintech app should be effortlessly transferrable between different devices. There’s no point in having a secure app logic or infrastructure if the coding is inadequate. Securing your fintech app means securing its design, code optimization, and infrastructure. Consider everything from input validation to password management. Input validation, for instance, will restrict hackers from transferring malicious codes into your app.  

You might want to avoid using SQL Injections, as hackers can send unverified SQL-related questions to your database. This can give them access to confidential information. To avoid hacking via SQL injections, consider simulating attacks on your app to see if they worked.  

If you’re using third-party tools or libraries ensure they are from trusted sources only. Choose ones that update their software to meet the necessary security compliances.  

Conclusion 

Whether it’s getting the app logic right or having optimal infrastructure security and coding standards, you must tick all the security boxes. Research has found that cybercrime increases by 15 percent every year, making it important to secure your fintech app now more than ever. It’s vital to have an efficient team as well who are well trained. Updating and educating fellow team members regularly regarding any updates in your security standards can be beneficial. 

Windmill Digital offers high-quality product design services. Our experts are highly skilled in their field and are experienced in creating exceptional products for our broad range of clients. For more information, contact us here

A Design Sprint workshop is like a travelator. You know—one of those moving walkways you find in airports. You have a problem: the walk to the terminal is 10 minutes but the gate closes in five minutes. The solution: a moving walkway that gets you there twice as fast. 

A Design Sprint accelerates the early stages of the product development process. It saves time by getting you to your goal, faster. And it saves money by avoiding costly failures. Catch that flight! 

For a bank, where risk aversion is high and where excellence in delivery is critical to customer trust, Design Sprints hold particular value as they place empathy with the customer at the heart of the process. All too often banks trip over their own internal complexities and fail to deliver a customer-centric solution. By centering the customer from the very start, this problem can be avoided. 

The success of a Design Sprint workshop for a bank hinges on several things. First, the skill of the facilitator, who is responsible for the ultimate success of the workshop. Second, the size and composition of the workshop team will influence results. Thirdly, a space (real-world or virtual) conductive to creativity and co-operation is needed. 

If you’re thinking of running a Design Sprint workshop, here’s how to nail those three factors. 

Facilitation—not so easy 

Facil might be Spanish for “easy”, but facilitation is anything but. The facilitator is responsible for guiding the Design Sprint workshop towards a successful conclusion. The list of things a facilitator needs to get right for that to happen is long, covering a broad set of interpersonal as well as practical skills and design expertise—a rare combination. 

Building the Sprint 

Participants in the workshop need to be firing on all cylinders. That makes it crucial to plan an engaging agenda so that the team maintains focus and does not suffer from mental fatigue. Structure the day around a series of activities of varying types and durations and front-load the day with the more demanding activities. 

Before the workshop starts, it’s good practice to research the company you’re working with to reach a basic level of familiarity with the company, their products, and the challenges they face. It’s easier to build a rapport if you can show you’ve made an effort to get to know them. 

Send out an agenda prior to the workshop that contains the activities, objectives, and an explainer of design thinking principles. This prepares the participants for the workshop, sets expectations, and soothes any apprehension participants may have. 

Choose a selection workshop activities or tools are relevant to the project, touching on those that build empathy, define the problem, generate ideas, and find new approaches. When building a digital solution for banking, it’s likely that the problem is already fairly well defined, such as digitizing a manual or paper process, while building empathy with the user might get to the core of the problem more quickly. 

It’s good to strike a balance between activities that bring together the whole team, versus breakout or even individual activities. There are great many activities to choose from. The king of workshop activities is Journey Mapping, which aims to describe how a user can reach their goal by thinking about the journey in structured terms. 

The Interaction Design Foundation provides a laundry list of activities to choose from: empathy-building activities, define the problem activities, ideation activities, and sketching and prototyping activities.  

Who’s in?

The size and composition of the Design Sprint workshop team has a big influence on its ultimate success. Aim for a maximum of eight participants; any more and you will run into co-ordination issues. Someone needs to be the designated decision-maker for if or when the group is divided. Typically this will be the most senior person in the team. 

Invite a broad cross-section of your company to get a diverse range of viewpoints. Even though they do not have specific design or product skills, people from marketing, finance, sales, and technology (to name a few) will be able to contribute their unique perspective and provide insight into the practical realities that govern a product’s success. For example, someone from marketing might have a good sense if a product has innate appeal, or someone from technology might know more about the opportunities presented by technology. 

Space, man

In-person 

Drab, dark, unventilated or restrictive environs will stifle the creativity of any Design Sprint workshop. An ideal workshop room has natural light, whiteboards, and wall or glass panels for putting up posters. Make sure to book the same room for each day of the workshop—moving sticky notes from one room to another is a real pain! 

Stationery is important, too. The group will need pens, sticky notes, dot stickers, markers, tape, small and large paper sheets, and scissors. Design Sprint workshops are highly visual and participants need to be able to get ideas out there unhindered. 

One advantage of in-person workshops over online is that food can be provided. Slow-release energy is suited to long spells of concentration, things like nuts (albeit carried an allergy risk that needs assessing), flapjacks, and bananas. 

Online  

Online workshops need some adaptation to be successful. A collaboration tool is indispensable; the two best known are Miro and Figma, which allow group members to work simultaneously on the same board. As well as interactive whiteboards, they allow for voice and/or video chat, making communication easy. Despite that, anticipate lower productivity and allocate more time to each activity. It takes a high level of proficiency to work as easily in Figma or Miro as on paper, despite the excellent UI of both programs. 

Closing thoughts

Running a successful Design Sprint workshop is not easy, but this guide will hopefully point you in the right direction. However, if you want the services of an experienced design team with 300+ sprints under their belt, get in touch today.

Manually managing your finances is becoming a thing of the past. With finance apps on the rise, managing investments, spending, and budgeting has never been easier. For users, finance apps are a great way to keep track of their spending from virtually anywhere. Finance apps can also help create workable budgets based on their income and spending. Studies have demonstrated the material impacts of certain decisions on satisfaction and usage rates. For instance, around 57 percent of users opt for other financial services due to inefficient integration. So, if you’re thinking of creating a finance app, having optimal integration solutions can make that 57 percent choose you instead.

You might be creating a finance app to meet your customers’ financial needs, to offer better user interfaces, or to meet your overall business goals. Modern technologies like artificial intelligence integrated into finance apps also mean less room for errors. Finance apps can also be the safest way of making financial transactions or managing savings.

According to research by UBS, revenues from fintech are were likely to increase from $150 billion in 2018 to a hefty $500 billion by 2030. There’s no doubt that it’s on its way to become one of the fastest-growing sectors globally.

In this blog we discuss some key things that a company needs to get right for finance app success.

The role of Design Sprints in finance app design  

One of the first steps to creating a finance app is carrying out a Design Sprint. You can expect to see a finished version of your product and gain customer feedback at the end. You will also save considerable amounts of money as you’ll be starting small.  

At Windmill, we conduct Product Design Sprints in-person and online. The Sprint is divided into five steps. They consist of defining the challenge, the ideation phase, creating prototypes, validating prototypes by testing them with users and stakeholders, and lastly, making a detailed report that includes the product proposal that can then be shared with investors.  

Branding considerations such as app names or icons are also considered during Design Sprints and can be tested with users. 

After the Sprint

You may decide on having additional workshops after the Sprint if, for example, you’re not satisfied with the prototype or did not receive positive user feedback. These follow-up workshops or iteration workshops are shorter in duration and will give you the opportunity to create new, higher-quality prototypes better suited to your customers’ needs. You can even conduct a Code Sprint as this will test out the various options available to you in terms of product architecture, frameworks, etc.  

After the sprint, many Design Sprint teams also choose to polish existing prototypes and get more data points. The main aim is to create a prototype with the same usability features as a finished product.   

Clean UX design 

A clear, well-defined UX design is key when it comes to creating finance apps. For instance, an overcrowded interface full of details is avoided by users, who prefer simplicity. UI/UX experts will be able to guide you on how to create finance apps that appeal to users with their design. UI/UX trends are also constantly changing, and design is constantly evolving as technology improves and offers new possibilities—so your app should evolve with it. While the aesthetics of your app are important, so are logic and convenience. This means ensuring it runs smoothly and has a simple user-interface. Users should be able to get from point A to B conveniently.  

User flow diagrams are best used by UX designers to determine the flow of an application. It helps them visualize these needs by mapping them. If you build a user flow diagram with your development team, it should assimilate with the UX design. Other ways of creating clear UX designs and better usability include an introduction of the app consisting of the workings of its main features, using graphs where appropriate, simple navigation techniques or reducing scrolling. 

Technology considerations: coding language and integrations

When creating your finance app, it’s a good idea to determine which coding language or library you can use. Angular is one of the most popular technologies used in fintech, but it also helps in transforming the functionality of apps, hence improving the UX. It has a fast development process, as well as better speed and performance compared to other technologies of its sort. Its array of features, programming style and maintenance are some of the many reasons it’s chosen by developers.

Having seamless integration with other relevant services such as chatbots are also key, as it can offer users a convenient method of communication. Connecting your app’s interface with popular payment platforms like PayPal or Apple Pay can offer ease of payment for users and they’ll be able to make their payments directly from your app. Integration is a fundamental aspect of finance apps as it optimizes UX and attracts more users. APIs are widely used for integrations as they help different platforms communicate and fasten the development process.

Security

It’s vital for users to trust you with their confidential financial information and be assured that their money is safe in your hands. Mistrust in the security of your services can reduce the number of people willing to use your app. A great way to ensure your app is secure is to include a two-factor authentication. Oftentimes, a third authentication method is also used in the form of fingerprint scanning.  

Open-source libraries shouldn’t be trusted blindly too. Research by Trend Micro (2021) found that security threats related to open-source libraries increased by 2.5x over the last three years. Eliminate email as a form of customer correspondence and instead try opting for AES-256 encryption as it’s a lot more secure and can also be applied to chats! Research has found that 96 percent of phishing attacks are done via email.  

Conclusion

Finance apps are a brilliant way to help people manage their wealth better. Understanding what will give your users peace of mind when using your service is crucial. With the rise in cybercrime, it’s important to maintain a high level of security so users know they made the right decision opting for your services instead of your competitors. So in a nutshell: start with a design sprint, follow up, then deal with the necessary design considerations.  

Windmill Digital is experienced in creating high-quality finance apps customized according to client needs. Our experts are trained and highly experienced in their field and will ensure they meet all your security and UX requirements. To start building your own finance app, get in touch. 

Digitally delivered financial services, known collectively as fintech(s), have become, very quickly, an enormous industry. According to research from CBInsights, fully one-fifth of all unicorns (start-ups valued at >$1bn) are now fintechs, a sharp increase on even a couple of years ago. 

This is great news for consumers and businesses, who can manage their finances in an increasing number of slick, convenient ways. But more of a challenge for large banking industry incumbents, whose tried-and-tested methods and products are being, well, tested by a sea of small companies with big ideas. 

It’s a situation that places the onus on banks to constantly question whether their services and delivery can be competitive going forwards. For that reason, the rapid digital transformation of products and services is perhaps the number #1 issue banks are grappling with today. 

And the best way to start the transformation process and fend off challengers is a Design Sprint. 

How much time does the Design Sprint process require of me? 

A Windmill Design Sprint, all-in, takes ten days. Product heads and Directors in banks are busy people, and experience has taught us that time is of a premium. As such, a Windmill Design Sprint has four days of workshops, instead of the traditional five, of which just two days’ stakeholder participation are required. 

The Design Sprint process 

Before a workshop begins, Windmill conducts preliminary research. Then begins the five-step process: Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, and Test. 

Day 1 – Empathize 

The first day is about defining the challenge, building empathy user personas, and mapping how customers will interact with your product. For a bank, such work will include looking at existing actors, systems, workflows, and problems in order to build out a vision for the product. 

The Design Sprint facilitator will guide the workshop team through a series of exercises, such as building an Empathy Map or a Journey Map. These are worked on in sessions of up to an hour and help a team understand the unique needs of their prospective customers and begin to design intuitive and intelligent solutions.  

Empathy is a critical element of a Design Sprint and foundational to the ultimate success of a product.  

Day 2 – Ideate 

Now that the team has a solid understanding of the problem, it’s time to ideate. It’s the job of the facilitator to create a high-performing space, literally in terms of having posters of personas on the walls and figuratively in terms of creating an environment in which people are comfortable sharing ideas.  

To coax the most interesting ideas from the workshop, the facilitator will guide the team through activities such as Lightning Talks, How Might We, Affinity Mapping, SWOT Analysis, and Value Proposition Canvas. Being spontaneously creative is difficult and hard to repeat, so the value of the activities is providing the structured environments that allow ideas to flow reliably and repeatedly. 

And remember, this is the final day that requires stakeholder participation. At this point, you can put your feet up and rest assured that Windmill will handle the remaining stages of the process. 

Day 3 – Prototype 

With the problem understood and potential solutions mapped out, the team turns to prototyping. The goal is to build testable prototypes that can generate useful data. They don’t need to function or even look nice—in fact, the aesthetic usability effect says that attractive designs can actually degrade test data quality by concealing flaws. 

Day 4 – Test 

Experts in user testing will write test scripts and source users, who could be sourced internally or from a user testing company. Testing may seem unnecessary but is actually fundamental to the success of your product. It also re-establishes the user at the center of the process. Testing data will inform the next iterations and everything that happens after a design sprint. 

Days 5-10 – Reporting 

With the workshop stage of the Design Sprint process wrapped up, the Windmill team compiles a product proposal and workshop report. The report contains actionable data as a basis for decision-making. We know as well as anyone the level of rigor needed to make decisions at a bank, but thankfully have numerous success stories of taking on full-stack development work of financial services products. 

Conclusion 

Whether it’s revamping an ageing app, moving into a new space, or taking advantage of new technologies, Design Sprints are ideal for banks under pressure from challengers. A Design Sprint is the first step to product success. Book a Design Sprint now. 

You’re thinking about buying a Design Sprint workshop to kick-start the solution to your biggest problem. But you know a Design Sprint is just the first step in a longer process and that more work will come out of the back of it. 

What is that work, exactly, and what is the path to turning initial work into a market-ready product? 

This blog will discuss what happens after a start-up completes a Design Sprint workshop and has decided to progress with the development of the project. 

Iteration workshops 

With a decision made to move forwards with development, the next stage will often be a series of follow-up workshops, sometimes called iteration workshops. These are similar to a Design Sprint proper but take much less time. The team already knows each other, the problem is well defined, and the solution is starting to take shape. 

Iteration workshops allow teams to fine-tune aspects of the solution, build new prototypes, and gather additional testing data. A design team will normally ask back their original testers as their familiarity with the prototype product provides an advantage.  

When testing a prototype, even negative feedback is useful as it can be used to refer to further along the development process. And on the other hand, even with a positive overall response, further clarifications of assumptions are needed.  

Code Sprints  

Similar to an iteration workshop is a Code Sprint, which brings together a coding team to test out options in terms of architecture, infrastructure, frameworks, and libraries. The intention is to provide great certainty around development feasibility and possibility. The team works intensively to build a number of functioning prototypes in a few days. Application architects, data scientists, engineers, and product managers 

Polish the prototype

During this stage, start-ups focus on making high fidelity versions of the initial prototype created during the Design Sprint workshop. Though this version of the prototype does not need to be working software, it does, however, need to look and have the usability of a finished product.  

You may also show the new version of the prototype to more users to gain feedback. This will help you improve or many any necessary changes to it. A refined version of the initial prototype can also help strengthen the company’s internal momentum as it’ll keep up with the product’s new quality.  

Make a functional spec 

For software solutions, a team may turn the prototype into a functional spec document. A functional spec document will contain detailed user stories, assumptions about integration points, product roadmaps, budget estimates, and so on. 

Creating a functional spec document will help you create a structured outline of your game plan, increasing your chances of success. Oftentimes, teams focus on the grand vision of the product and demand higher budgets for product development. This can increase perceived/actual cost and risk. It may be a good idea to focus on your MVP first and ensuring it offers optimal UX.  

Determining timeline and budgets in advance can also help you identify future tradeoffs and gain clarity on costs of the product development process in the long term. Start-ups can consider getting estimates from external vendors. Often the internal team’s budget estimate is greater than the vendors’, and by choosing the latter, you might just end up saving money! 

MVP and beyond 

With a solid product basis in place, a team can proceed to MVP (minimum viable product) build-out. How a start-up decides to approach product development can vary. Some companies might just offer design services, but others, like Windmill, offer development services as well.  

An MVP is built incrementally according to Agile development practices. Product backlog, Sprint backlog, and product increment are the three main artefacts of Scrum. Product backlog contains all the features and functionality needed in the product; Sprint backlog is a backlog of features selected for a Sprint; and product increment shows the items completed in a Sprint. 

Windmill has found value in combining the product owner and Scrum Master roles. According to Sarika Kanade, ‘Product owner and scrum master should act as the main client/partner liaison and point of contact regarding the product definition and release roadmap. They should create constructive and positive relationships with the client using remote tools, working directly with clients to understand their business goals for the software and objectives for the product.’ 

Once the MVP is developed, it can be released and the team can continue work towards MMP (Minimum Marketable Product) and MMR (Minimum Marketable Release) stage. Work towards the final product will need the input of many teams, including the design, marketing, sales, finance, and testing teams. 

Conclusion 

Design Sprints must not be seen as standalone projects. Start-ups need to stay on track and not lose focus post the Design Sprint or the product development and launch process may suffer too. It’s also important to not lose motivation if the prototype created during the Sprint doesn’t receive positive feedback and take it as a learning lesson, as it can be a stepping stone to greater, higher quality products.    

Windmill offers market-leading design and build services that take an initial idea all the way through to final release. Find out how Windmill can solve your biggest product challenges today. 

Design Sprints are a win-win for start-ups, producing a scaled-down testable product or feature and providing a start-up with valuable, actionable testing data. Imagine building a finished product only to then find out that your target audience didn’t engage with it. You find that not only have you stretched your budget too far, but you can’t afford to make the necessary amendments to the product either.

Working with a Design Sprint agency will help you avoid getting into these sticky situations! It’ll allow you to build your prototype, test it, then launch it into the market without wasting big sums of money.  

Design Sprints comprise five phases: Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, and Test.  But first, let’s touch on who the people and roles critical to the success of the Design Sprint.

Design Sprints: The main players

Facilitator 

The person most central to the success of a Design Sprint, the facilitator is responsible for fostering collaboration among participants, staying on track, and encouraging creativity. A facilitator should aim to be a good listener and have an open mind when it comes to new ideas. Instead of overpowering the group, they focus on guiding them to make strategic and efficient decisions. They encourage everyone in the team to participate and create an open and thriving work environment. 

Wisely, many companies choose to hire a facilitator instead of choosing an in-house one to lead a Design Sprint. This is because being a facilitator requires experience and a particular set of skills. Facilitators are not only responsible for ensuring all the pre-sprint work is done on time, but also have duties after the Sprint has been done. They need to make sure to team keeps up with the 5-day sprint process efficiently and doesn’t fall behind.  

Designer 

The presence of a designer in a Design Sprint makes sure that a designer’s perspective is considered. In the early stages of a Design Sprint, a designer will bring an understanding of aesthetics and usability to the process, while their skills are crucial to the prototyping stages as well. The success of a sprint will hinge on their input. 

Engineer 

An engineer will help the team articulate the reality of the type of product they’re seeking to develop. Most prototypes need a certain level of engineering talent to bring into being, and an engineer is best placed to do that.  

Marketer 

Having a marketing executive on a Design Sprint team means they’ll be passing on all their marketing knowledge onto you. This can be of help when creating sales strategies later on. A marketer will also provide you with the right words to describe the products with. After all, they’re the first thing potential customers will interact with, so they’ve got to be engaging. A marketeer is the best person to help you do that.  

Product chief 

A product chief can be the owner, CEO, or Vice President of product. However, product chiefs in Design Sprint teams can also be heads of customer service or lead engineers: there is no black and white rule to it. Simply put, the product chief will be the person who has the most tangible exposure to the product issue you’re solving. Their opinion can make or break the success of the Sprint.  

The Five Phases 

The Design Sprint process is divided into five phases: Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, and Test

The Design Sprint process is divided into five phases.

Empathize  

Empathy is the ability to put yourself in another person’s shoes and really understand what they’re feeling or experiencing. It might sound intangible and maybe even not so important, but empathy is the fundamental stage of a Design Sprint. You will not build a successful product without it. 

In the Empathize stage, you build understanding of your customers’ needs and challenges and where you can make improvements. The facilitator may conduct empathy-building activities, such as Proto Personas, Empathy Map, and Journey Map.  

In this phase, the team comes together to understand the business problem from various angles and contribute their knowledge and ideas in 10-15 minute sessions and discuss different aspects of the business problem. The Sprint Master displays all the ideas on a whiteboard, which the rest of the team can use as a reference throughout the Sprint.  

Define 

Building on the learnings from the Empathize phase, in the Define phase the team works to define outcomes and solutions the problem at hand. The team will organize unstructured information into well-defined maps. Useful templates in this phase include the Business Model Canvas and the Value Proposition Canvas.  

Ideate 

During this phase of the Design Sprint process, the ideas that need to be prototyped are generated. Sketching is a common activity, where participants draw out their visions in a rough format. It’s important for team members to have enough time to create well-articulated sketches that can speak for themselves without requiring much explanation. At the end of the day, your team should be able to create a step-by-step storyboard for your final prototype. 

The key is to have an open mind to addressing the problem and not be afraid to embrace ideas that are out of the box. Helpful activities in this phase include Lightning Talks and Affinity Mapping.  

Prototype  

The prototype stage is where designers shine: they use their skills to whip up a testable prototype in a few hours. The preceding stages all inform the design of the prototype. Identify the testing schedule, review the prototype and complete the interview script for the last phase. 

Test 

During this phase, the team guides users through the prototype product to generate useful data. Focus on how the product meets the users’ goals here, instead of leading them. Asking the right questions is also important and so is being a good listener. Ask your users what they really expect from your product and how you can capture their needs. You can structure and organize user responses via Excel.  

In most of the product teams, the UX designer or the researcher usually interacts with the users. In a Design Sprint, each team member gets a chance to be part of the validation session. This is key to capturing some of the learnings, putting different concepts to test using real-time user feedback. 

Conclusion  

Design Sprints are valuable to start-ups and have proven benefits. To get the most out of a Design Sprint, work with a company that understands the value of each contributor and sprint phase. Windmill Digital offers exceptional Design Sprint services. Our experts are have conducted more than 300 successful Design Sprints. For more information, contact us here. 

You’re a Series-A start-up, you’ve just got funding, and you’re ready to take your business to the next level. Not sure what your next step should be? We’ve got you covered.

Design Sprints can be the fast-track solution you’ve always been looking for.

Design Sprints are a focused, ten-day process focused on solving critical business questions via design, prototyping, and testing ideas with potential customers. They have many proven advantages. For instance, they can help you prioritize tasks according to their level of urgency and importance, while also providing structure to problem-solving. They allow you to use your resources in a cost-effective way and gain valuable user feedback beforehand.

So, if you’re itching to know about how a Design Sprint can benefit Series-A start-ups, you’ve come to the right place.

Why a Series-A start-up should use a Design Sprint 

It can save you money 

While all businesses face some level of financial pressure, a Design Sprint is particularly valuable for Series-A start-ups, helping them to maximize the cash injection for their first funding round, which can be crucial to the survival of the company. Design Sprints are a proven solution to reliably get mission-critical decisions right.  

By short-cutting an expensive MVP design and build phase, a Design Sprint takes an iterative approach to problem-solving that allows products and ideas to be quickly tested and validated. With actionable data, you can then move into the development phase with confidence, maximizing investment returns in your product. 

Design Sprints encourage fast action, bringing team members of different specialties and knowledge together to explore solutions in a tight schedule. This saves a company months of design, engineering, and development costs. 

It can save you time

There are two big, time-saving advantages to a Design Sprint. Firstly, they minimize the in-workshop time of a CEO/founder, being built to respect the busy work schedules of key decision-makers. Windmill’s Design Sprint process only needs decision-maker involvement on the first two days. 

Secondly, a Design Sprint process is quick—just a couple of working weeks—providing actionable data, fast. Without a consistent revenue stream in place, getting to market and making money quickly can be vital to a start-up.  

When a Series-A start-up should use a Design Sprint  

You want to launch a new feature or functionality of the product  

Design Sprints can help test new product features before it gets launched in the market. It gives start-ups an insight into how customers perceive the product, and the business the opportunity to make any amendments based on the customer feedback they receive.  

At the beginning of the product  

Instead of launching an MVP into the market to understand if an idea is any good, design sprints can help you get clear information from a realistic prototype. With a Design Sprint, start-ups can fast-forward into the future to see their finished product and customer reactions. This also keeps them from making expensive commitments. 

Design Sprints are the best way to create efficient, yet quick solutions to any product issues. They’re a great way to kickstart the development of, for example, your app, web project, hardware, or sales projects. 

Validate business models or solve a business problem 

A Design Sprint can solve strategic problems via Design Thinking tools, such as the Business Model Canvas, amongst others. The Business Model Canvas, in addition to Lean Canvas, Value Proposition Canvas, and Mission Model Canvas, guide an executive team toward thinking clearly in terms of strategic orientation. They help a team really get to grips with their customer interactions, value proposition, infrastructure needs, and finances, among other critical aspects of their business. By mapping out the structure of a business in a clear way, teams can pinpoint weaknesses, set a new direction, or rationalize operations. 

The Design Sprint process explained

A Windmill Design Sprint, all-in, takes ten days, but to reduce stakeholder participation time, our process has four days of workshops, instead of the traditional five. The founder or CEO of a Series-A start-up is a busy person people—we get it! Before a workshop begins, Windmill conducts preliminary research. Then begins the five-step process: Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, and Test. 

Day 1 

The first day is about defining the challenge, building empathy, and mapping how customers will interact with your product.

To define the strategy to find the right solution, the team will create personas that include the characteristics of their ideal target audience, taking into consideration customer needs and motivations.

Empathy is a critical element of a Design Sprint, according to Windmill’s Principal Designer, Taras Bakusevych:

“Building empathy is a great starting point for your workshop. It will help you understand our customers, what are they trying to achieve, what drives them and what challenges they facing in the process.”

Commonly, a workshop will produce a design principles list that contains certain adjectives you want users to describe your company’s products with. One of the main goals of the first day is to map how customers will interact with your products.

Day 2

The second day is dedicated to Ideation. Often, the workshop participants will engage in a sketching activity to brainstorm solutions to the problem. A great way to do this could be to ask every team member to identify UI (user interaction) solutions. Other ideation activities could include Lightning Talks, How Might We, Affinity Mapping, SWOT Analysis, Value Proposition Canvas. It’s always a good idea to have a diverse mix of ideas and perspectives on the table. Here at Windmill, we sketch ideas and user journeys by using storyboards.  

Day 3

Day 3 is for prototyping. On this day, the team takes learnings from the first two days to build a prototype. It lets the teams test their ideas, whilst also saving money, time, and other resources. The prototype can help predict the success or failure of potential solutions. It’s important to keep the prototype as accurate as possible to get the most authentic user feedback.  

Day 4

The last day is dedicated to validating the prototype in question. The validation stages need the technology team to go over the solutions to figure out their dynamics, and the time it takes to develop them. The stakeholder’s validation is also an essential part of the validation process, as their review is critical for the design sprint to succeed.

Days 5-10

With the workshops concluded, the Windmill team compiles a report packed with insight for sharing with investors and making decisions. This report will highlight the biggest opportunities available to you. It will prioritise the features that will have the most impact with the least amount of effort, time, and resources.

Design Sprints and Series-A start-ups—a match made in heaven

Design Sprints have various advantages for Series-A start-ups. If the process is fully understood and implemented using the best resources, it can help give you a clear idea of what customers think of your product, and how you can improve it if need be. Series-A start-up CEOs/founders want to make the most out of their money, and this includes investing it wisely rather than cost-cutting. With Design Sprints, not only will you save money, but you’ll meet your overall business goals too when your products are aligned with customer needs.  

Windmill Digital is experienced in conducting Design Sprints. Our team is highly skilled and trained in their field and can help you solve any product issue efficiently. To book a Design Sprint and accelerate your start-ups growth, contact us. 

Design Sprints are one of Windmill’s core competencies. We use Design Sprints to help customers battle-test their ideas, examine their product-market fit, and identify market opportunities, and much more. We’ve run hundreds of them successfully over the years.

So why would we write a blog about why Design Sprints fail?

Partly because it’s a catchy title. But also because to do something right, you need to know what can go wrong.

So here are some of the biggest pitfalls a design team can run into—and how to avoid them.

Is a Design Sprint the right solution to my problem?

The biggest reason for the failure of a Design Sprint is using one to solve a solution that it isn’t suited for.

Design Sprint is a quick and dirty process that tests out ideas fast. Some projects are simply beyond the scope of a Design Sprint—or conversely, too narrow.

A Design Sprint is best at solving a tightly defined problem. That’s why defining the scope of a project is always the first step.

This graphic visualizes how a broad problem will result in a solution that scores low for concreteness; while a narrow problem results in a highly concrete solution.

Additionally, a Design Sprint isn’t needed when a product is already well defined, or if the problem is too small, like the development of a component.

Losing track of the Design Sprint process

One interesting aspect of the Design Sprint process is that, while it’s a creative process, it’s also highly structured, with defined roles and steps and relies on thorough admin/organization skills. It’s only by strict adherence to the process that creativity can flourish.

According to Moenika Chowdhury, a UX Researcher and Facilitator at Windmill

Common failures from team members can be the lack of note taking during meetings, not updating tickets, and failure to inform the team about changes they are doing. This can lead to inefficient work with tasks being done more than once, and overall confusion.

Sometimes a company may decide to tackle a problem by self-running a Design Sprint, and in doing so overlooks the importance of a skilled facilitator. Bad idea. A skilled facilitator is crucial to the success of a Design Sprint, using their talents to stimulate energy among the team, push the process forward, mediate conflicts, create a safe environment, and keep people on track.

Not enough stakeholders

A successful Design Sprint needs a variety of stakeholders in the room. A sprinkling of founders, engineers, marketers, designers—even board members—will add greatly to the sprint. According to Google Ventures, the ideal design sprint team should consist of about four to eight people.

It takes multiple teams to deliver a product to market, so getting those viewpoints makes sense. For instance, engineers might voice concerns about their ability to create specific features within their current architecture, while the marketing team may require more time to successfully promote the new feature.

Vitaliy Bobrykov, a UX Designer here at Windmill, has seen the criticality of a mix of stakeholders:

The team should have participants from different departments, like developers, product owners, business analysts, customer support, etc, in this case, we can have a versatile view of the problem. There must be a decision-maker in case the team gets stuck with a choice.

Communicationbreakdown

Effective communication among the design team is essential to the success of a sprint. Without it, the process can get bogged down. Some common communication mistakes include lack of note-taking during meetings, not updating tickets, and not informing the team about any changes in their design sprint processes in due time.

Effective communication between the client and business is needed to manage expectations, and without it, frustrations can arise.

A design sprint process that is not communication-oriented is bound to fail. It’s important to present design artefacts such as prototypes, user interviews, scenarios etc. to the audience using the correct medium of communication.

Takeaways

There’s an easy solution to all these problems: work with a company that has teams of experienced designers and facilitators and a proven track record of delivering successful Design Sprints.

Get in touch to harness the power of a Design Sprint and fix your biggest product problem.

Imagine this: You’ve just started your job as a junior UX designer and, like everyone else, you’re looking to climb up the ladder. Meeting your boss’s expectations is not only a must, but it will ensure your success in the job role. But how to achieve this? 

This blog will mention essential factors one must consider to pave their way into leadership roles as a designer. These include working to requirements effectively, encompassing a rounded set of skills, and efficient time management skills.

Working to requirements

The #1 skill a junior designer needs to prove is working to requirements. This means having an in-depth understanding of client needs and then successfully translating those requirements into design.

At the middle designer level, responsibilities shift. Middle designers are responsible for clearly defining and framing requirements.

Meanwhile, senior designers are responsible for major discoveries. When it comes to having a global workflow, they understand the need for more facilitators and coordinators throughout multiple teams. Not only are they more involved in understanding client requirements and seamlessly turning them into design, but they tend to contribute less to the actual design interface and instead focus more on research. The main goal of a senior designer is to discover more options and have maximum engagement with stakeholders. They also start to work with budget clients.

Rounded skill set

For a junior designer, proficiency in a broad range of UX design skills is desirable. Competency in and knowledge of Design Thinking tools; research knowledge; and visual design flair form the foundation of a successful UX designer. UX designers should also have a grounding in: 

  • Prototyping
  • Wireframing
  • Visual design software
  • Research and usability testing
  • Information architecture
  • Application development

As a UX designer takes on more responsibility, skills don’t become less important, but instead, focus shifts. Activities like user research or stakeholder engagement and discovery will begin to occupy more attention than the user interface (UI) itself.

There will come a time to decide whether to follow an expert track or managerial track. The expert track will see you lead in a particular aspect of design that you’re strong in; while the managerial track involves, like it sounds, managing a team.

Time management

UX design leaders tend to have busy agendas packed with client meetings and internal and other team meetings, among other commitments. Having their agenda booked for them can become challenging to manage, making it difficult to take time out for their design work. It’s common for design leaders to reach the end of the day and feel like they still need to do eight hours of their own design work.

This is where their time management skills come into play.

UX design leaders know how to allocate their time in the right places and don’t hesitate in saying no. They prioritize their tasks according to urgent and important assignments, but naturally, they first cater to the urgent ones first.

Concluding thoughts

While there may be no definite path to design leadership, the role entails certain engagements and prioritizing not every designer might be ready for or keen to do. For junior designers looking to enter the world of design leadership, it’s vital to understand what the role may ask of them and how much they will be able to offer it personally.

Find out how Windmill Digital’s digital product design services can accelerate your product strategy, contact us here!

Fintech, a portmanteau of financial technology, describes the industry based on developing digital technologies that replace, supplement, or enhance existing financial services. Fintech has revolutionized finance over the years, particularly in the consumer sphere where access to financial services and payment methods has increased sharply. 

Today fintech comprises several different sectors that include, but are not limited to, retail banking, fundraising, and investment management. One of the most successful types of fintech are digital payment companies. Research has found the total transaction value of digital payments increased from $4.1 trillion in 2019 to $5.2 trillion in 2020 alone.

In this blog, we will discuss the various facets of fintech including its history, success stories, business models, technologies, and predictions for the future. 

A brief history of fintech

Technological development of finance (1886-1967)

Taking the definition of fintech as ‘new tech that seeks to improve and automate the delivery and use of financial services’ [Investopedia] you could argue that the history of fintech goes back to the 19th Century. From 1886-1967 investment in communications infrastructure, such as the telegraph and transatlantic cables, enabled the transmission of financial information across borders. The Fedwire, a centralized funds transfer service was established in 1918. The 1950s brought credit cards, reducing the need for people to pay in cash. [The Evolution of Fintech: A New Post-Crisis Paradigm by Buckley, Arner, and Barberis]. 

It can be argued that while such types of fintech may not be regarded as such today, they were, however, relevant to their time period.

Technological development of finance (1967-2008)

During the latter decades of the 20th Century, banks took charge in the development of financial technology, marking a major shift from analog to digital. The first handheld calculator and ATM were introduced in 1967. 

NASDAQ, the first digital stock exchange and SWIFT (Society For Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) was established in the 1970s. During the 1980s, bank mainframe computers started to become popular and, in the ‘90s, the concept of making financial transactions online started to emerge.

Modern fintech (2008-present)

The 21st century started with banking services becoming digitized. The financial crisis coupled with the rise of smartphone usage had a massive impact on the fintech industry. The 2008 global financial crisis eroded confidence in traditional banking institutions, and together with the broad-based rise in digitalization, kickstarted what we now recognize as the fintech industry.

The introduction of Bitcoin in 2009 for example, had a significant effect on the financial world and many different cryptocurrencies were also introduced. Various fintech business models also started to emerge, some of which included alternate credit scoring, digital wallets, and small ticket loans.

Spotlight on fintechs

In this section, we will shin the spotlight on three fintechs at various stages of maturity.

Fintech giants

PayPal is one of the most recognized fintech companies today globally. It was founded in 1998 by Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, and Luke Nosek and is headquartered in San Jose, California. PayPal is an online payment system that makes purchasing products online easy and secure, allowing users to send and receive money seamlessly. It takes a small cut from every transaction.

Without over 361 million active accounts, the online payment processor is now available in 202 countries and enables users to draw funds in 56 currencies. PayPal’s online checkout conversion stands at a massive 87.5 percent.

Recent Fintech Unicorns

Stripe is a notable example of a fintech company that has achieved unicorn status (+1bn valuation). Founded in 2011 by Irish brothers Patrick and John Collison, the company has become one of the most valuable US fintech today, valued at $95 billion. The company provides developer-friendly codes for websites for payment processing and has processed online payments for small to large-sized businesses.  

Stripe also has an in-store point-of-sales device known as “Terminal” and has created subscription-based payments and invoicing. Its customers include large tech giants like Google, Amazon, and Shopify. 

Promising Fintech Start-ups

San Francisco-based company Figure was founded in 2018 by Mike Cagney and June Ou, and it has become a leading start-up in the fintech industry. The company offers consumer financial solutions for home improvement, debt consolidation, and retirement planning purposes. Its financial services include home equity release services, home improvement loans, and home buy-lease back offerings.

The company has raised $1.6 billion and is currently in series D of its funding rounds.

How are Fintech start-ups funded?

Fintech start-ups can be expensive to fund, making business owners consider different funding options. The most common are:

Angel investors

Angel investors are high net worth individuals who fund startups in exchange for equity. The funds they provide don’t have to be repaid, and they bring in their expertise and networking opportunities as well. However, the angel investor having a share in the equity means one will not have full control over their business. 

Outrun Ventures is an example of a start-up that was been funded by angel investors. The angel investor for the company is Chris Adelsbach, who is also the managing director of Barclays Techstars London.

Venture capital

Venture capital is a form of private equity and financing provided to startups and small businesses. It is mainly funded by financial institutions, investment banks, or wealthy investors and is ideal for companies unable to access financial resources from financial institutions.

Crowdfunding

Crowdfunding requires posting your business idea and funding requirements on crowdfunding platforms. Interested funders then provide the required funding in exchange for a share of your equity. Some popular crowdfunding platforms include Kickstarter, Dream Funded, and Rocket Hub. A prime example of a crowdfunded fintech is Revolut, which raised money on Crowdcube.

Traditional bank loans

Traditional bank loans are one of the most common sources of finance for businesses. They are usually provided over a fixed time period and can be offered short- or long-term. They offer capital/principal repayment options and are not dependent on giving up a share of the business.

Fintech business models

Fintech founders have found all sorts of ways to profitably fuse technology with finance. A few types of business models have emerged as the most viable.

Alternate credit scoring

Alternative credit scoring takes into account data points like social signals and percentile scoring amongst similar loan borrower groups. It is ideal for individuals who are unable to pass bank screenings for loans due to strict credit scoring criterias. Not only does alternate credit scoring help in making better lending decisions, but it also gives more people access to loans.

Payment gateways

Payment gateways allow people to purchase products on a merchant’s website. Fintech companies today are integrating different payment methods (i.e debit cards, credit cards, cryptocurrencies) into apps that online merchants can include on their websites. PayPal for instance can be regarded as a payment gateway. Payment gateways are typically used by business owners selling their products to end-users.

Digital wallets

Digital wallets allow users to load virtual money into their wallets in advance to make online and offline transactions. These transactions are made with merchants who recognize digital wallets are a payment method. In this business model, users make payment transactions for a small fee. This is charged to businesses as an MDR (Merchant Discount Rate). Some examples of digital wallets include Venmo and Google Wallet.

Digital banking

This fintech business model is similar to that of a bank that has physical branches. Not only does it help save money on manpower and real estate, but consumers can take advantage of reduced rates as well. It offers bank accounts via a digital infrastructure and includes activities like money withdrawal, transfers, deposits, and bill payments.

Small-ticket loans

In this fintech model, money is made by sharing customer information with the original equipment manufacturer (OEM).  It includes impulse buying mechanisms such as “Buy Now and Pay Later” or one-click buy buttons on an e-commerce website. Customers can purchase quickly without inserting card details or undergoing authentication processes, and they are underwritten at a 0% interest rate. Klarna is an example of a company that provides small ticket loans.

Technologies used by fintech companies

The fintech industry uses a range of innovative technologies to carry out its complex operations. Below we mention a few:

Artificial Intelligence (AL) and Machine Learning (ML) 

Fintech applications enhanced by AL and ML include credit scoring, fraud detection, regulatory compliance, and wealth management. 

Big Data and Data Analytics

Data from consumers and markets allow fintech companies to know about consumer preferences, spending patterns, investment behavior, etc. This enables them to develop predictive analytics. The data also helps to form marketing strategies and fraud detection algorithms. 

Robotic Process Automation (RPA)

The process of manual tasks to robotics instead of humans to streamline workflows in financial institutions. Some applications include statistics and data collection, regulatory compliance management, transaction management, etc. 

Blockchain

Securely stores transaction records and sensitive information. Every transaction is encrypted, and the probability of cyber-attacks is considerably low when blockchain technology is employed. It is also the backbone of various cryptocurrencies.

Fintech offshoots

Fintech is sufficiently well-established to have started producing offshoots.

Wealthtech

Wealthtech refers to the use of innovative technologies that provide an alternate solution to traditional wealth management firms. It includes technologies such as artificial intelligence and Big Data. The main goal of wealthtech is to make wealth management and investment services more efficient for users. Some technologies wealthtech covers include Robo Advisers, Robo Retirement, Micro-Investing, Digital Brokers, etc.

Advicetech

Advicetech focuses on all the major technology tools that professionals use to deliver financial advice to customers, improving the quality of their services. It also provides tools to advisors to help them organize their data better, become more penetrating in their analysis and be time efficient.

Final Thoughts…

Fintech is an industry constantly on the rise. With the influx of new technology and innovations, together with the rise of smartphones and a decline of the traditional banking system, fintech has grown immensely over time. For those new to the industry or looking to get a firmer grip on it, learning the stories behind successful fintech companies, how fintech start-ups are funded, or the various fintech business models, for instance, can be of great benefit. 

Windmill Digital offers high-quality product design services. Our experts are highly skilled in their field and are experienced in creating high-quality products for our range of clients. For more information, contact us here.

A workflow diagram (also known as a workflow) provides a graphical overview of a process. Using standardized symbols and shapes, the workflow shows, step-by-step, how a process is completed from start to finish. Designing a workflow involves first conducting a thorough workflow analysis, which can expose weaknesses.

A workflow analysis can help you define, standardize, and identify critical areas of your product. Workflow diagrams go by other names, including UML Activity Diagram, Flowchart, Taskflow, Process Map, and Process Chart.

In short, workflows are for:

  • Showing how users travel through the system while performing a specific task.
  • Describing a path that might not always be linear, but the one that branches.
Workflow diagram depicting branching pathways from start to end

Why use a workflow diagram?

Workflow is an integral part of UX design and is critical to a product’s ultimate success. We’re not talking about on-screen visual elements, but rather the path a user takes across various features towards their desired result. The user experience is strongly impacted not just by what’s on the screen at any given time, but also by how the current screen relates to past screens and future states. Product usability is much enhanced when you consider the totality of the user experience.

But there’s also a more business-oriented argument for improving workflow usability: Users can often overcome isolated usability problems, but a broken workflow is much harder for them to fix. Among the typical consequences of bad workflow design are:

  • Undiscovered errors that occur when users don’t relate what happened on screen A with a (much-later) screen B;
  • Abandonment, where users simply give up on something they don’t understand;
  • Frustration, which arises when an awkward process takes much more time than it should. (Individual design elements can also delay users, but a poor workflow takes considerably longer to complete.)

Therefore workflow diagrams are useful when:

  • You need to communicate complicated ideas to people who may not have been party to their creation.
  • You need to understand which screens are required and how a user might experience them. Workflow diagrams take a holistic view on the flow. This is different when you single out some pieces of the flow. 
  • Usually we design only the happy path. Branching in the flow can highlight additional considerations in the design. Workflow helps to visualize what’s going on and thereby help to understand a process, and perhaps also find less-obvious features within the process.

Creating effective Workflow Diagrams

Effective diagramming of a workflow can facilitate a clear understanding of the boundaries of a product process. This allows the reader to see where and when the process flow can leave the process that is being documented.

Such diagrams can convey complex information or help elicit nuanced details when designing interfaces.

Diagramming these process flows can be an effective tool that a designer uses to shed light into the nuances of the flow that may not have been so evident.

Use common symbols and shapes

Workflows use specific shapes and symbols to represent steps and actions throughout the process. These symbols were approved by The International Organization for Standardization (ISO 5807) in 1985. Common symbols and shapes include:

Eleven symbols used in workflow diagrams, including 'terminal', 'process', 'decision', 'input/output' and 'predefined process'.

Utilize numbering to direct your narrative

Generally, flowcharts read from top to bottom and left to right. But if your diagram is not sequentially drawn, numbering helps in the accurate consumption of information.

Keep everything on one page

It is good practice to make sure that the workflow fits on a single page while keeping the text readable. When a diagram becomes too large to fit on a page, depending on the number of steps, you can also have your workflow left to right, then down to a subsequent line where it continues. It will look something like this:

Image shows how to keep flow linear across multiple lines.

Place return lines under the workflow diagram

Since we naturally read text from the top of the page down, it is logical that return lines should be placed under the workflow rather than above. If two return lines are needed, they shouldn’t overlap.

Workflows vs User Flows

Both workflows and user flows are deliverables that are generally useful within the interaction design phase. They are used to map out the structure, hierarchy, and relationships across content and features, so that people can fluidly navigate through the design to accomplish their desired goals.

But compared to user flows, workflows are appropriate when the task in question will be performed similarly by all users and who will also share a common entry point. For example, in an alarm clock mobile app, a task such as “set alarm time” is likely to be performed in the same way by all users.

A few “don’ts” in creating workflow diagrams

When creating a workflow diagram, there are some practices best avoided.

❌ Don’t make them look like user flows.

❌ Don’t depict the user persona as flow is similar to all users.

❌ Don’t put wireframes into the flow.

❌ Don’t put any pages into the flow at all. The workflow is more conceptual deliverable.

Image shows an incorrect workflow diagram that includes pages such as 'error message'

❌ Don’t loop the flow. Each flow has to have a start and an end.

❌ Don’t merge several flows together. The workflow is focused on completing one task.

Images shows two incorrectly merged workflows.

Workflow Diagrams are one of the many tools Windmill uses as part of our digital product strategy services. With our help, you can accelerate your start-up’s growth strategy with confidence. Together we can rationalize objectives and create exciting web and mobile app concepts.

In our previous blog post, we offered you a guide to understanding your competition. Now, we want to build on that piece and explain how to understand your company’s position within its broader competitive environment. We will do that by explaining three frameworks.

SWOT analysis, PESTLE analysis, and Porter’s Five Forces Analysis are competitive analysis frameworks that allow a company to assess their competition, and understand their own position in the market, in different ways.

SWOT stands for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats. A SWOT analysis is a useful way of analyzing these aspects of a business and helps companies formulate future strategies. PESTLE (Political, Economic, Social, Technological, Legal, and Environmental) analysis offers a bird’s eye view of the environment a business is operating in. Lastly, Porter’s Five Forces Analysis is a model that evaluates five competitive forces that form every industry and helps identify its strengths and weaknesses.

What is SWOT?

Albert Humphrey invented SWOT analysis in the 1960s. A SWOT report is often used internally to help a company set strategic goals, but it can also be used as part of a competitive analysis.

The Different Types of Competitive Analytical Frameworks

SWOT stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. Below we will elaborate on these:

Strengths: Strengths are things that make a company stand out in the market it’s operating in. They are an integral aspect of an organization. Strengths are factors such as strong brand image, reduced debts, increased capital, loyal customer base, cash flows, geographic location, intellectual properties, etc.

Weaknesses: These can be categorized as factors that act as barriers to an organization when it comes to reaching its optimum level. Weaknesses are areas that a business needs to improve on to stand equally against its competitors. Examples include a weak brand image, increased debts, insufficient capital, etc.

Opportunities: These are linked to external factors that can offer a business a competitive edge. For instance, if there is a change in government policy that is directly linked to your product, it can determine the number of sales you’ll make.

Threats: Threats are external factors that can harm a company and adversely affect its revenue, brand image, and other such sources of value. Examples include increasing cost of production, limited supply of labor, rising competition, etc.

The value of SWOT analysis

A SWOT analysis can be used to home in on new business opportunities. It can also help identify which technologies are needed to keep up with competitors.

Building upon strengths and minimizing weaknesses is a key part of business. A SWOT analysis helps to do this. It also helps to minimize the weak aspects of a business before they worsen over time.

A sound understanding of internal factors such as a business’s strengths and weaknesses can influence the ability to seize opportunities and gauge threats. As tempting as it is to keep up with competitors, a business needs to have the capability to do that. A SWOT analysis is your savior in recognizing the company’s current potential.

SWOT Analysis Step-by-Step

Create a SWOT matrix

Create a grid first. Make a large square and divide it equally into four sections. Label each box accordingly: strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. All the information gathered will be filled in here.

Define objectives

When creating a SWOT analysis, decide which objectives are of primary importance as you need to include them in each section of the SWOT matrix. For instance, many people use a SWOT analysis when they’re looking to introduce a new product in the market. Make sure you which strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats one will counteract by the end of the analysis.

Research

Conducting a SWOT analysis involves identifying a company’s strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. A good SWOT report will pull together information from sources of various types, including primary sources, such as company websites, financial statements, and annual reports; and secondary information, such as reporting and news items and product reviews as well as miscellaneous sites like Glassdoor.com.

Tip: Annual Reports are often produced by public companies and are often found in the “investor relations” section of a company’s website. US public companies are duty-bound to report financial statements to the Securities and Exchange Commission; search the SEC’s Edgar database for a company’s 10-K filing. European companies active in the US might submit a similar filing called a 20-F. UK companies can be researched on Companies House; while data quality will be richer for large companies, even modest-sized companies may provide useful data for SWOT purposes.

Strengths and Weaknesses

You can approach collecting and analyzing strengths and weaknesses in the same way, as they will often cover the same ground, for instance “revenue” could be a strength or a weakness. Here are some data points you can examine.

Financial performance

Revenue: the sum total of income generated from the sale of goods and services.
Net income/net profits: Revenue less operating expenses. An indicator of overall financial performance.
Investing cash flow: A company that can invest in its operations or share buybacks indicates a healthy financial position.
Financing cash flow: A company that can secure investment from banks and the capital markets indicates a healthy and attractive company.

For all the above, positive indicators are a strength, and the inverse are a weakness.

Marketing Performance

SEO: How well does the company rank for its top keywords?
Advertising: Does the company advertise? How well do they do it? Do they have a clearly defined brand? What makes them unique?

Word of Mouth Factors

Products: What are online reviews of products and services saying?
Employment: What do ex-employees say about the company?

Opportunities and Threats

Opportunities and threats are somewhat harder to discern as we move from quantitative data to qualitative. It is best to think of this pair in terms of external forces having a positive or negative impact on the business. Often, you will need to think about the company’s context within their industry. Luckily, financial journalists love discussing industry trends, so information should be reliably available.

Industry growth: Does the company exist in a growing industry that’s attracting external investment? Or is it in a low/negative growth industry?
Regulation: Are there any upcoming changes to a company’s regulatory environment that may be a threat or a benefit to the company’s operations?
Geographic: Is the company poised to enter a new geography?
Supply Chain: Is the company dependent on a fragile supply chain? Or
Trends: Is the company vulnerable to the fickle forces of fashion? Are demographic shifts likely to play into its hands?

PESTLE analysis

A PESTLE analysis is a tool that gives valuable insights into an industry’s overall macro environment. PESTLE stands for six factors—Political, Economic, Social, Technological, Legal, and Environmental—factors. These factors are helpful as they help to determine the external influences that can impact businesses. Furthermore, a PESTLE analysis can also be used to identify important risk factors for a SWOT analysis.

The Different Types of Competitive Analytical Frameworks

Below we examine these factors further:

Political: These are linked to the government’s control and influence over a country’s economy and market. Some examples of government factors are legislative or economic policies. Having a good knowledge of the political environment of a country is important because it can affect the industry in many ways. These include but are not limited to trade tariffs, increased taxation, fiscal policies, etc.

Economic: These factors directly affect a company’s long-term prospects. The economic environment a company operates in can impact its product prices and its supply and demand. Some examples of economic factors include rising inflation rates, unemployment, high foreign exchange rates, etc.

Social: Social factors include factors like cultural norms, health awareness, the rate of population growth, career attitudes, etc. These factors play a pivotal role in helping companies map out their marketing strategies, especially targeting specific customers.

Technological: These factors are linked to technological developments that affect a company’s operations. Take advanced technological advancements like artificial intelligence or deep learning, for example. If companies in this day and age fail to live up to these trends or aren’t fully aware of them, they might weaken their position in the market. PESTLE analysis deals with technological factors like infrastructure development, the pace of technological advancements, etc.

Legal: Legal factors are changes in legislative policies that affect employment, access to adequate resources, tax levels, etc. These factors are essential to consider as they influence the business environment companies operate in.

Environmental: These factors are linked to the ecological aspects of an environment. They include but are not limited to water disposal rules and regulations, energy consumption laws, etc. The environment aspect of PESTLE is especially applicable to industries like tourism, agriculture, etc.

Conducting a PESTLE analysis

The following steps will help simplify the process of conducting a PESTLE analysis:

Brainstorm: Reflect on the various facets of the business that are directly linked to PESTLE. Think about the positive or negative impacts of each and how to fit this data into the analysis. Consider seeking advice from experts outside the industry as well for a greater perspective.

Research: Conduct extensive research for each part of the PESTLE analysis. Look for supporting evidence for each insight. D&B Hoovers for example, is a data company that provides information necessary to analyze the risks involved in a business.

Evaluate: Rate the likelihood of every factor of the PESTLE analysis and how it can impact the business.

Refine: Repeat this process until you have reduced it down to a practical number of articulated and clear points in all the categories of PESTLE.

Porter’s Five Forces Model

Developed by Michael E. Porter in 1979, Porter’s Model of Five Forces model focuses on the five market forces that can determine the factors that affect profitability within a given industry. Using Porter’s model alongside a SWOT analysis can help a company make decisions on whether to increase its presence in its primary industry or invest in an adjacent industry.

Here are the five competitive forces highlighted by Porter:

The Different Types of Competitive Analytical Frameworks

Competitive rivalry

This force analyzes the intensity of competition in the market, which is dependent on the number of competitors and their growth potential. When there are a high number of competitors that are similar in size and market domination, rivalry is considered to be high. This is because consumers can switch to cheaper products. When rivalry is on the increase, competitors also have advertising and price wars.

Bargaining power of suppliers

This force aims to analyze the power of business suppliers. It determines how much control they have over increased prices of products. The force also assesses how many suppliers of raw materials are available. The fewer the suppliers, the more authority they have. Businesses with a wide range of suppliers are better off because they can control the prices of their products themselves, thus increasing profits. 

Bargaining power of customers

This force deals with the ability customers have to lower the prices of products. This is influenced by the number of customers a company has and how much it would financially cost to discover new customers. A niche customer base means that customers can ask for lower prices. A company with a broader customer base will have more power to set higher prices for products, increasing their profits.

Threat of new entrants

The force of new entrants in a market can affect a company’s power. A company’s position, for instance, could be adversely affected if it costs less time and money for competitors to enter the market the company is operating in. An industry with a robust set of barriers limiting new entrants gives companies the power to raise their prices and increase their ROI (return on investment). Some factors that can restrict new entrants include but are not limited to government policies and capital requirements.

Threat of substitute products

Simply put, a substitute product is a product that another can replace in the market. Both products fulfill the same purpose. Companies that offer products with no substitutes have an added advantage as they can charge customers higher prices. When substitutes are available in the market, customers are more likely to buy them instead, thus weakening a company’s power. An example of substitute products can be iPhone and Samsung Galaxy.

Final thoughts

Part of running a business is having your competitive game intact. This means being aware of competitors’ moves, what makes them unique, and their respective growth patterns. The analytical frameworks we mentioned in this article will offer a deeper understanding of the competition that surrounds a business and great insights into how one can cope and make their business stand out. Competition is a multifaceted phenomenon, and in order to excel at tackling it, it’s essential to understand its many facets and complexities.

Windmill Digital offers a unique range of digital product strategy and design service that will make your products stand out in the market. To keep up with the latest updates, follow our LinkedIn page.

What does it take to put together a world-class design team that can take on any challenge?

Taras Bakusevych has set out to explore that as Principal Designer at Windmill Smart Solutions.

Taras began his professional journey in architecture, studying interior design. He didn’t study product design specifically, but much of his coursework focused on graphic design and digital art, lending perfectly to an eventual career designing digital products.

After spending some time in various startup environments, Taras joined Windmill as a UX/UI Designer. It was a small team back then, so he spent a lot of time working directly with our CEO, Sunny Gambhir. Starting with visual enhancements to some of Sunny’s original designs, Taras eventually moved on to providing structural direction, and today he oversees the design process of every Windmill product.

“From setting the right expectations for clients, to daily operations and project management, there’s a lot going on at any given moment. I’m grateful to have grown to a position where I can help spearhead some of these areas as we work toward the company’s growth” he shares.

Designing the Future

One of the things Taras enjoys most about Windmill is the clients he gets to work with, and the high level of trust placed on his team.

Many of these companies depend on the products we build to propel them into the next phase of their evolution. We’re building the future.

“In order for the company to be successful, we need a dedicated, mature, and diverse design team that works well together,” Taras continues. There’s always a new challenge to tackle, and sometimes it can even feel addictive. Jumping from one task to another keeps Taras engaged in his work, and while he admits that it can become difficult to focus at times, he attributes much of his success to this environment of constant change.

“Sure, you’ll get stuff thrown at you. But if you’re able to take on the challenges presented to you and design creative solutions, there is unmatched reward in the experience. It’s how I learned so much so quickly and continue to learn every day.”

Meaningful Connections and Contributions

It goes much further than designing great products. “It’s like a family here”, shares Taras. “It’s never about the numbers. We don’t grow for the sake of growing. We want to gather a group that genuinely enjoys working together, and we hope that each member of our team always remains connected to the relationships and experiences they build here.”

“You’re very much in control of your path here,” adds Taras. “Our goal is always to align everyone’s individual goals with the overall mission of the company, and we openly encourage freedom of expression. Each person is empowered to share their vision. We want everyone to contribute toward moving the company in the right direction.”

Building a World-Class Team

Windmill is rapidly expanding, with new designers joining the team all over the world. Over the next six months, Taras plans to focus on training his new team members and making sure they gain exposure to varied projects that help develop their skills.

“We have a lot of incoming projects, and we want to make sure our designers are prepared to take them on,” Taras shares.

Looking further toward the future, Taras and the Windmill leadership team are looking to gather the best of the best in design. “We want to build a uniquely talented team, one that has the ability to tackle any design challenge at any scale,” says Taras.

“Design is not just about visuals. It’s deeply embedded in the product development process. It’s a journey we take with our clients. If it’s not enjoyable, what’s the point? We want to take an enjoyable journey altogether, one that benefits the growth and development of all involved” he remarks.

We can’t wait to see what’s ahead for Taras and his team. Follow us on LinkedIn to stay tuned into the latest from our designers and others.

Interested in learning about open roles at Windmill Smart Solutions? Check out our careers page.

Every company needs to stand out. Not necessarily in a showy, attention-grabbing way, a company must occupy a niche. There’s always a similar product or service available, making it important to know thy neighbor. What can your company offer that competitors don’t? What features make your product or service distinct from the rest? And more importantly, what can you learn from your competitors? Enter competitive analysis. 

Ginni Rometty, the ex-CEO of IBM, states, “You’ve got to keep reinventing. You’ll have new competitors. You’ll have new customers all around you.”

A competitive analysis aims to assess competitors’ strengths and weaknesses and identify gaps in the market. This blog will serve as a guide to conducting a competitive analysis. 

So without further ado, let’s dive right in.

Types of competitors 

There are four main types of competitors you’ll encounter. They are:

Direct competitors: A direct competitor competes for the same users with the same problem and offers the same solution. The target audience and price points are also similar. A timeless example of two companies in direct competition is Coca-Cola and Pepsi, whose flagship products target the same audience (mass market) with the same problem (thirsty) and with the same solution (a sweet, cold drink at a low price point).

Indirect competitors: Indirect competitors compete for the same users with the same problem but offer different solutions. These are companies that make products that are slightly different but have the same target audience regardless. They also satisfy similar customer needs. An example of indirect competitors is Domino’s and McDonald’s. While they both sell different products (pizzas and hamburgers), they target the same audience: hungry customers looking for a quick and affordable meal.

Partner competitors: Business partners who partner in one aspect of their business but compete in other business areas can be called partner competitors. An example of partner competitors can be Alexander Wang and Adidas. The two companies collaborated and created clothing items and footwear. However, they are still competitors in the grand scheme of things as both are apparel and footwear brands.

Rival companies might team up because it’s strategically advantageous (such as to fight a larger competitor) or because their clients demand a solution that forces an integration of their services.

Alternatives: Alternatives don’t compete for either the same users, problem, or solution. They offer customers choices when they make buying decisions. They offer them utility and thus create competition between two companies. If a product serves a similar purpose as your product, it can be considered its alternative.

An example of alternate products is Nikon, the camera company, and Wacom Intuos, which makes creative pen tablets. If the price of Nikon products increase (due to a rise in e.g., input costs), the demand for alternatives, such as the tablets made by Wacom Intuos, may increase as a result.

Image shows the five competitor categories: direct, indirect, perceived, partner, and alternatives.

Now we turn our attention to the methods and techniques involved in conducting a competitive analysis.

Why should a company do a competitive analysis workshop?

A competitive analysis provides direction on a large number of product-related concerns. These include:

  • It provides an understanding of how your current and prospective customers perceive the competition.
  • It provides you with a constructive assessment of your competitor’s strengths and weaknesses.
  • It helps you discover what your competitors are up to and what kind of threat they pose to your company’s success.
  • Understanding your competitors’ landscape not only informs your design decisions but also your overall product strategy.
  • It reveals valuable opportunities for creating a superior product and distinguishing yourself from the competition.
  • It aids in identifying industry trends and making more informed marketing decisions.
  • It works in conjunction with a value proposition canvas to solidify a distinct value proposition.
  • It aids the pricing of products and services.
  • Discover new ways to reach customers, as well as new customer segments.

When should a company do a competitive analysis

Competitive analysis should be carried out:

At the beginning of a project

One of the first research steps in the UX design process is to conduct a competitive analysis. Before beginning work on a new project, conduct a UX competitive analysis. 

Frequentative process

Because competitors can appear at any time and may increase (or improve) their offerings, the competitive analysis should be iterative and ongoing for the duration of the project.

Competitive analysis: a step-by-step process

If you have already downloaded the competitive analysis above, it’s time to learn how to make your product stand out among other market players.

Define objectives and prepare data gathering

Start by looking into your company. What areas and segments of the market do you cover?  What sectors? What are your target keywords? 

Then search for companies that are similar to yours. A good competitive analysis will likely return a list of global, national, and local competitors who are your direct or indirect competitors. 

Any business marketing a product similar to, or an alternative for your product in the same geographic area is a direct competitor. Companies offering distinct or substitute products to your product or service are considered indirect competitors.

Secondly, before you conduct your research you need to have a well-organized place to store your gathered data. Whether digital records or paper.

Identify Competitors

Before you can assess and analyze your competitors, you have to know who they are. If you’re starting from scratch, Google is your friend. Search for…

  1. Terms that describe your business in a simple way, with an optional geographic modifier;
  2. Your SEO keywords (these might differ from your previous search if your marketing team has decided to avoid the most competitive keywords); and
  3. List-type articles that provide an overview of your industry.

For once, you can also pay attention to the top advert results. The ads will be from companies targeting the same areas as you.

Your second stop will be company reference websites such as Crunchbase and Owler, which allow varying levels of free access. Their information will be more reliable for larger companies, so pick a prominent competitor from your initial research and look through that company’s competitor list. From there, you can explore competitors in a branching fashion.

More fully featured sales and marketing solutions such as D&B Hoovers and Cognism may have higher data quality, but cost more. They’ll help you gather data about things like product suites, geographic locations, financial data, mergers and acquisitions activity, etc.

A free trial of one of these services can be a good option if you’ll only be working on your competitive research for a limited period. Sign up, gorge on the data you need, and cancel.

Collect information

Now it’s time to collect competitor data.

General company data

Target the quick wins first. Use the aforementioned company reference websites (Crunchbase, Zoominfo, Owler) to populate high-level competitor information such as financial data, owned geographies, products, M&A activity, and, if you’re lucky, marketing and strategy information.

For small or private companies, data quality will likely be poor compared to public companies, which are duty bound to provide company data so investors can make informed decisions. Finding information on such companies can be more of a manual process. The “About Us” section of a website is a good place to start, try also a Google News search for the company in question.

Search tip: Dun & Bradstreet has arguably the best company data, some of which is available for free. To access a limited version of Dun & Bradstreet’s paid-for data for free, we can leverage Google. Search for “[Company name] site:hoovers.com”. You may have to click around a bit to find the “ultimate parent” company of the organization you’re researching, which is likely the most useful one to find.

Internet performance and technology

You may want to include an analysis of a competitor’s website and internet presence. Tools exist to help with this and include SimilarWeb, Alexa Rankings, Buzzsumo, and Spyfu. These tools will help determine how competitors’ websites are performing and make it easier to track their growth.

You can also identify the web technologies that a particular site uses, should that be an important part of your sales strategy. These include SimilarTech, Builtwith, and What Runs.

Product Information

Obtaining product information is a bit more of a manual process. Use competitor websites to find out about their product offerings. Additional sources of product-related information includes data from websites such as G2Crowd, GetApp, and TrustRadius, which contain product reviews, providing customer insight. For companies active in the digital space, Google Play and Apple’s App Store are useful sources of information.

Collate your data

A visual board can be a helpful tool to evaluate competitors better. For marketing purposes, a visual board can be used for brainstorming, sprint planning, putting together customer and user journey maps, etc. Tools like InVision and Pinterest are popular for visual boards. 

Here at Windmill, we use Miro. It’s an online whiteboard that allows for efficient team collaboration. The tool is also viable for documenting business meetings, managing workflows, etc. 

Another way of categorizing competitors’ can be by using mind maps. XMind is an excellent tool for creating mind maps. Place your competitors (direct, indirect, partner) accordingly.

Image shows three things to avoid in a competitor analysis: focusing on famous competitors, copying other companies, and wasting time and effort.

Using a Comparison Matrix

A comparison matrix is a tool used to analyze industry trends and helps compare different companies in the market. Not only does it aid in understanding their differences, but their strengths and weaknesses can be evaluated too. This data is beneficial for unveiling competitive advantage and potential growth opportunities. It will help leverage what makes your brand unique. 

A comparison matrix can be created in many different ways. Here at Windmill, we use the Feature Comparison Matrix. This kind of comparison matrix includes several rows of features and columns of competitors, which helps compare the variety of products belonging to each competitor. The data for a Feature Comparison Matrix can be gathered via a competitive website analysis. 

Experts also recommend using heat maps for data analysis. These maps help identify which parts of a business website are getting the most views by using a color spectrum. It helps to understand the behavior of visitors on a website.

What are the different comparison categories?

It’s essential for you to understand which comparison categories to include in your comparison matrix. Without the proper categories, a comparison matrix will fail to live up to its intended purpose. 

When creating a comparison matrix, you must include:

Basic information: This section includes key attributes for identification. These include product names, short descriptions, supported platforms, website addresses, app links, etc. It also allows the user to save login and password information, giving them quick access to a competitor’s product. 

Consider linking to a screenshot board as well. It will help you analyze each product feature’s visual aspects and specifications, thereby improving the quality of your competitive analysis. 

Feature list: This section comprises all the features competitors’ products offer. Not only will it help determine the functionality of their products, but their quality too. Consider using color-coded scores as they can make it easier to assess quality levels.

Approximate sitemap: This category is all about defining and describing the organizational system. It includes the various product sections and patterns. Make sure the list provides a general overview of the structure, though it doesn’t necessarily need to be precise. 

Heuristic evaluation: A heuristic evaluation will allow one to analyze the usability of a competitors’ products against a set of Heuristic Principles. Use the whole set of heuristics or pick a few of them, depending on the time available for research. However, it’s essential to evaluate the same heuristic for all competitors. 

Feedback: Track the overall rating of competitors and then read their feedback to identify common threads. Reviews are valuable sources of information about a product, such as what people like or dislike, which features they would want the product to incorporate, etc.

Overall experience: State the strengths and weaknesses of your competitors here. 

Business-specific: This section includes comparing the Pricing and Revenue Models of competitors to their overall performance. Such information can help you set the price of products. For example, consider comparing a company’s time on the market with its growth patterns. Knowing a company’s founding year can also help put its growth performance in perspective. 

Comparing the target audience is also beneficial, as it helps to understand how the product appeals to current customers and whether there is a need to discover new ones.

Conclusion

To get the most out of one’s marketing efforts, a competitive analysis is essential. Luckily, there are so many different tools available today that one can use when conducting a competitive analysis. Whether it’s to assess competitors’ company profiles or to track their growth rates, these tools prove to be handy. Moreover, as there is an abundance of data to analyze, from identifying competitors to evaluating the various aspects of their companies, a comparison matrix can be helpful. 

We’ve tried to make it as easy as possible for your team to benefit from the Competitive Analysis template. But nothing beats the guidance that an experienced design team can offer, so get in touch today to find out how Windmill can help your business clarify its value proposition, business model, and other key strategic pillars.

You might hear designers talk a lot about empathy—specifically, empathy with the customer. That doesn’t mean they’re desperately concerned about the customer’s personal worries and feelings, for instance why their child is struggling in school or why they like a particular soccer team so much. That type of empathy is called compassionate or emotional empathy.

The type of empathy a designer expresses in their work is a third type: cognitive empathy. Cognitive empathy is defined by Daniel Goleman, renowned psychologist and author of the 1995 book Emotional Intelligence, as:

Simply knowing how the other person feels and what they might be thinking. Sometimes called perspective-taking.

For a start-up, or a team launching a new product within a company, the stakes are high. Getting a picture of your customer that’s useful for business purposes is vital, and requires structured thinking. To achieve that, designers often use a tool called an Empathy Map.

An empathy map is a collaboration tool for visualizing ideas that teams can use to understand their customers better. It allows a team to evaluate the problem that its product solves for the user and can be used whenever a design team needs to immerse themselves in the user’s environment. Use-cases include:

  • When a team is developing a persona for its client;
  • When a team needs to understand its clients better for in-depth interviews.
  • When describing a user persona in a user story.

An empathy map can be used in conjunction with a customer journey map, which maps out the customer’s journey through the product.

Empathy Map that shows five sections; Does, Says and Thinks, Feelings, Pains, and Gains.

To maximize the value of an empathy map, there are several factors you need to consider. Keep in mind that your empathy map needs to be concise, yet informative. Below we elaborate on this further.

Empathy Map: a step-by-step guide

To create an empathy map, you will need a user persona, research data, and your team.

Step 1: Define Goals.

Take the user persona you created for your empathy map and place it in the center. Next, set your main goals. Consider the end result you wish to see, or any relevant questions that interest you most.

Step 2: Set up the empathy map

Fill in the map step-by-step according to the quadrants.

  • Does.
    This section describes the actions taken by the user while using the product. To complete this section, think about: How do they use it? How do they solve the problem? How do they search for information on it?
  • Says & Thinks.
    This quadrant summarizes what the user says and thinks throughout their experience. What do they care about? What are their likes and dislikes? What challenges do they face? If you’ve done interviews, you can record direct quotes here too. They could be something like, “I like this product because it helps me spend less time searching for the right option.”
  • Feelings.
    This section is for noting down the user’s feelings. These can be gathered directly by asking (but there is always a risk of disingenuous answers) or by inferring body language. For instance, a sigh can indicate an expression of tedium; or circling the screen with a mouse can indicate frustration. If you are working on a live product, you might be able to find reviews online where users volunteer their feelings.

Next, fill in the user’s problems and goals.

  • Pains (problems) include difficulties the user has, such as being afraid to make a mistake, high prices, etc.
  • Gains (goals) include what users are striving for and hoping to achieve. For example, success at work, establishing a schedule, travel, etc.

Step 3: Find duplicates and define uncertainties

Once all the quadrants are filled, review similar entries and group or place them next to each other. If you are unsure of your decision or some answers coincide in several quadrants, place them in the quadrant for which they are most suited.

Step 4: Discuss and consolidate

With all quadrants filled, break for ten-minutes then discuss with your team if there are any changes to make. Share your thoughts among the group and discuss how the knowledge gained today will affect the project. Lastly, evaluate progress towards the goals laid out in Step 1.

Conclusion

A ready-to-use Empathy Map is a starting point for analyzing users’ needs, product aesthetics, or solving product challenges. Our step-by-step guide will give you a better understanding of your customers’ needs.

It is important that the map is accessible and that the information behind it is not outdated by periodically revisiting and refreshing the empathy map. This will make it into an effective tool that helps you better understand your customers’ needs.

We’ve tried to make it as easy as possible for your team to benefit from the user interview template. But nothing beats the guidance thatan experienced design teamcan offer, soget in touchtoday to find out how Windmill can help your business clarify its user interviews, business model, and other key strategic pillars.

Recently, I had a conversation with one of our principals, Miles Hobart, where we discussed the importance of understanding the reasons behind our daily actions. As a company, our purpose and passion will largely influence our direction and accomplishments. In this post, we will explore some of the fundamental principles that guide us at Windmill and enable us to achieve our objectives.

Joy at the Core

At the heart of everything we do, I believe that joy should be the driving force. We aim to establish a work environment where our team can be themselves, enjoy what they do in their roles, and contribute their expertise to enable growth. Our teammates are our partners on this journey, and our objective is to make the journey pleasant for everyone.

Embracing Abundance and Gratitude

Another key principle for me is abundance. By embracing abundance and gratitude, we can approach each challenge with a clear mind and bring our best selves to the table. We are grateful for everything we have, from the designs we create to the people we work with, and we are inspired by the possibilities we have as a company to make a difference.

Fostering Creativity and Craftsmanship

Creativity is another vital concept that I strive to embody. I believe that creativity is not limited to our design teams; it can be expressed in every role, from development to talent acquisition. Creativity is a simple and innate trait among humans, and we can all be craftsmen if we approach anything we do with reverence. By fostering a culture of creativity, we can continuously innovate and find new solutions to complex problems.

Continuous Challenge for Growth and Development

Lastly, I believe in creating a company where everyone is continuously challenged for their growth and development. We understand that our greatest hurdles in life serve to foster the most personal growth. As we work together to achieve our goals, our aim is to create an environment where everyone is motivated to do their part. Growth is about people, and the more we can establish a secure environment where our employees can expand their minds and experiences, the more we can do as a company to enhance the development of our interconnected world.

In conclusion, my purpose and passion are guided by these core principles: joy, abundance, creativity, and growth. We believe that by embodying these principles, we can achieve our goals and make a meaningful impact in the world.

A start-up may find initial success selling one or two products to a small customer base without being too detailed in their business planning. But to scale up successfully, precision is required. A founder or executive team needs a birds-eye view of their whole business: customers, revenue, costs, propositions, activities, resources, channels, and partners.

Attaining that high-level view is easy with the business model canvas. The business model canvas is a powerful strategic tool. It can be used for developing a new business; regrouping and rationalizing if performance sags; or setting a business in a new direction. There are a few ways it does this:

  • It helps to crystalize connections between a business idea and how to turn it into a reality.
  • It shows a team how it thinks about and interacts with its customers, which can help expose weaknesses in its business model.
  • It allows a team to get a clear idea of what the business is or will likely be.

Below is the template Windmill uses to help clients set their strategic priorities.

Image shows the business model canvas' 9 blocks

Understanding the Business Model Canvas for Start-ups

The Business Model Canvas is divided into four sections: Customers, Value, Infrastructure, and Finances. Let’s have a look at what each area means for your start-up.

Customers 

The right-most areas of the canvas.

Customer segments. This area identifies which customers the business tries to serve. While you may want a large customer base, focus on who will buy your product first. Customer segmentation can be categorized by demography, geography, social class, financial class, personalities, etc.

Channels. How do you deliver your value proposition to customers? How are you going to meet them and tell them about your proposition? Where are your customers? The channel is a pathway of communication that links a community to the business (i.e  social media, email marketing, networking, etc.)

Customer Relationships are defined by how a business interacts with its customers.

What kind of relationship do you want to have with your customer? Is it transactional, personal, automated, self-service, or community-oriented?

How will the business get new customers, how will the business keep customers purchasing or using its services, and how will it grow its revenue from its current customers?

Value

The central area of the canvas.

Key proposition is what distinguishes a company from its competitors. The value proposition provides value through various elements such as newness, performance, customization, “getting the job done,” design, brand/status, price, cost reduction, risk reduction, accessibility, and convenience/usability.

Infrastructure

The left-most area of the canvas.

Key activities. What does your business do to achieve the value proposition for your customers? Some examples include consulting, designing, web development, baking, or driving.

Key resources. These are the things you need to perform your business activities. They include office space, computers, hosting, people, internet connection, and electricity, among other things.

Key partners. These are people in your network who can help you. Key partners are external companies you may need to carry out business activities.

Finances

The bottom-most area of the canvas.

Cost structure. What are your company’s costs? Which key resources/ activities are most expensive? What is the structure of your business? Is it cost-driven or value-driven? What is the structure of your costs? Are they fixed or variable costs? Are there additional costs to running a business? These can include legal costs, insurance costs, etc.

Revenue streams. How does your company make money? What value are your customers willing to pay?

There are many different revenue models:

  • Pay per product
  • Fee for service
  • Fixed rate
  • Subscription
  • Dividends
  • Referral feeds
  • Freemium
  • Equity gain

Conducting a Business Model Canvas Session

Filling out a business model canvas is ideally suited for small team in a workshop environment.

  • Team of 3-5 participants
  • Multiple colors of post-it notes 
  • Sharpies
  • A big sheet of paper or whiteboard
  • 1½ to 2 hours of dedicated time

Step-by-step

  1. Set the stage. Before you start, work with the group to explain the process and ensure everyone is aligned with the why’s and how’s of the session.
  2. Fill each of the nine sections one-by-one by putting your notes on it. Start with the customer section on the right of the canvas, followed by value proposition, infrastructure, and finance. Try to map the most important aspects first and describe your criteria clearly so that the document is easy to interpret by someone seeing it for the first time.
  3. Each value proposition needs a customer segment and a revenue stream. If you have multiple customer segments, use a different color of Post-It notes for each. Colored Post-Its will help you see the value proposition and revenue stream for each segment better.
  4. Current state vs. new business. Are you mapping an existing business or its future state? Make sure you don’t mix the two—this is an easy trap to fall into. Mapping both current and future will allow you to identify any gaps. Put your best guess about customers, markets, infrastructure, etc. Assumptions are OK at this stage and can be replaced later as you gather data.
  5. Compare business models to find the best via a customer segment or pricing model. You can have discussions within the team about the pros and cons of each.
  6. Test it. Some elements of the canvas are easier to test than others, such as channel, revenue model, customer segment. For example, you can run A/B testing to test customer segments and the revenue model. Test what you can to generate early insights about the viability of your business model.

The business model canvas is one of the many tools Windmill uses as part of our  digital product strategy services. With our help, you can accelerate your start-up’s growth strategy with confidence. Together we can rationalize objectives and create exciting web and mobile app concepts. 

For further reading on Business Model Canvas framework, we recommend Business Model Generation by Alexander Osterwalder.

Figma Tutorial: How to Transfer a Project from Sketch to Figma

Many designers continue to work in programs familiar to them, such as Sketch, even if new programs, such as Figma, have surpassed them in terms of functionality and capability. Figma has become the market leader, thanks to its deep functionality. Its benefits include:

  • Compatibility with any operating system, not restricted to MacOS (like with Sketch).
  • Easier teamwork: all team members can work on the same file at the same time.
  • Autosaving enabled. Update history is stored on the cloud.
  • The transfer of the project to the development team does not need additional programs; everyone can work in one file.
  • Many functions automate the design process, accelerating the team’s productivity.
  • Anyone who has a link can comment on the design—editorial, leadership, marketing.

However, Figma’s sophistication presents a learning curve that must be overcome.

Learning to transfer a project from Sketch to Figma can be a good way to begin to learn the program for new users. This Figma tutorial will focus on the transfer process of layouts and how to simplify this process.

Figma and Sketch are similar—but aren’t compatible. This means you cannot open a Sketch project in Figma. Since they are different graphic editors, many objects are distorted, affecting their design. Here is an example of how objects are distorted in the transfer:

Image depicts distortion in elements transferred from Sketch to Figma
The top image shows the original elements in Sketch; the bottom shows distortions after opening them Figma

How to import from Sketch to Figma and save the design

Below is a step-by step guide for preparing to transfer your file from Sketch to Figma without distortions and losses. It will walk you through two main tasks: creating the library and transferring the project.

1. Create the library with components and styles in Figma.

1.1 Create a new file in Figma. This won’t be a working file, but a file for the library. In it, we will collect objects that are often repeated in the project and then customize their appearance. In this way, we will create object templates that can be changed and not configured every time from the beginning. Figma allows you to make them very flexible, so don’t skip this step.

1.2 Redraw all frequently repeated components to this file (Buttons, Accordions, Cards, etc.).

1.3 Make them flexible (customize constraints). This helps to create a responsive design and many similar components in the project (for example, a dialog with different widths for different purposes).
View how on YouTube.

Image compares a flexible component with customized constraints and an inflexible component in Figma
The first component needs its width changing. The second shows an inflexible element without configured constraints; elements are displaced by the increased width. The third shows a flexible element with customized constraints.

1.4 Add clear naming for objects (for example Button, Checkbox, etc.). These may be the same names as Sketch objects. This allows easy to find the component in the project when we link the library to the working file.

1.5 Create parent components so that child components in your design inherit the parent’s settings. To do this, select the object and click on the create components button at the top.

illustration

1.6 Add the different states of components and combine them into variants. This will help you quickly switch between the states of the component (for example, change the Primary label to the Error label without setting the color and size).
View how on YouTube.

Image shows color variations for various types of button

Figma also lets you create styles for colors and effects. For example, you need to change the shade of red for all red components in a project. If we make changes to the style of red, then they will be applied to all objects to which you have linked this color.

2. Project transfer

With library components set up we can now begin to import the project from Sketch to Figma.

2.1 Create a working file in Figma

2.2 Link the created library to the working file. After that, all changes in the library will be duplicated in the working file and it is no longer necessary to open the library file to add a component to the design. To search for a component, enter its naming in the search box of the Assets tab.
View how on YouTube.

2.3 Redraw layouts using components from the library.
Based on the created library, it is easier to collect new pages. We already have Lego bricks (Components), from which we need to assemble figures (Layouts).

  • Copy the required screen in Sketch, and drag it into an open working project.
  • Redraw the objects of the screen using components, fonts, colors from the library.
  • Objects that are rarely found draw anew.

Tip: To speed up your work, you can import the entire project from Sketch to Figma and use distorted layouts as the basis for the layout design in Figma. But be sure to check them against the original screen.

How to do this: Drag the Sketch file into the Figma Draft. Add exactly the whole project file, because a separate layout is added as a screen, and we need an editable base. When creating a layout, copy the required layout from the transferred project into the working file and work with it.

Simplifying the transfer from Sketch to Figma

Tidy up pages. Name layouts and components correctly, arrange layouts in a logical sequence, rename each page according to content, and more. Design all pages in the same way so as not to get confused and not to confuse the team members who will be working on the project. This is especially true if the team hasn’t worked with Figma before.

Import Sketch layouts as a design base. If you have never worked in Figma, then this is a great way to master a new tool. Taking into account the fact that you do not need to be distracted by creating a design. You just copy what you worked on in Sketch and add components from the library.

Create structure from the start. If you don’t have a file structure in Sketch, it’s best to start creating it in Figma right from the start. Thus, it will be easier for you and other team members to work.

Use styles in Figma. For example, text fonts are very flexible—you can add different colors and alignments for the same font style. Now you do not need to create separate H1 styles with center alignment and H1 with left alignment.

Also, styles can be applied not only to color and fonts but also to effects.

Check font parameters. If the font in Figma is visually different from the font in the Sketch, check if the font in the Sketch is broken. If there is a star next to the font name, then this font was broken and does not match the library in Sketch. Click the Detach button to see its real parameters.

If you do not see the font parameters in Sketch, most likely the font used in the design is not installed on your computer. Download the font (for example from the Google Fonts Library, install it on your computer, and restart the Sketch to see the font options.

Image depicts the font editor in Figma, with arrows highlighting size and an asterisk that denotes a broken font.

Summary

Hopefully you found this Figma tutorial on importing your Sketch project to Figma useful. Follow Windmill on LinkedIn for more practical design advice. Figma is a key tool that Windmill uses as part of its digital product design and development services. Find out how Windmill can bring your product ideas to life.

Bio: Ilona Yeletska is a UX Designer at Windmill. Since joining Windmill’s design team, she has worked on the design for the Windmill website and is currently working on a fintech product.

In this article, I will talk about four common methods of prioritizing features for an MVP. But first, let me get the basics out of the way. 

What is an MVP?

MVP stands for Minimum Viable Product, which to me always sounded like the crappiest possible version of something you can sell. But it’s not that. An MVP is a version of a product with just enough features to satisfy early customers and provide feedback for future product development.

Let me stress “satisfy” and “provide feedback”. Firstly, the user experience should still be good, even with this minimum set of features. Secondly, it’s the feedback that holds the critical value, providing the product team with validation about features and assumptions and thus guidance for the product’s future direction. We all need validation from time to time.

What is MVP Features Prioritization?

Before work on an MVP begins, the product team will have created a full list of all the features they want their product to eventually have. Such a list may be extremely long—long enough that deciding where to start is a puzzle in itself.

Thankfully, various methods have been developed by various people to solve that puzzle. I will be discussing methods called MoSCoW, FP Matrix, Story Mapping, and Kano. Features Prioritization helps to define boundaries between wants and needs. It helps designers think dispassionately about which features are core and which aren’t. It’s like an editing process for your features—kill your darlings and all that.

Each method of prioritization has its own set of use-cases and pros and cons. Some methods are intended to provide rapid orientation for the design team; others are more involved, bringing in decision-makers and taking into account effort, user flows, and even cold, hard cash considerations. There is a method for teams of every size and budget.

How does MVP Features Prioritization fit within development processes?

Most design teams work under a broad framework that starts with an idea and ends with a market-ready product. Examples include NPD (new product development) process and Design Thinking, which is the method I am most familiar with. The design thinking framework is structured thus: empathize, design, ideate, prototype, test. Alternatively, the NPD process follows the structure ideation, product definition, prototyping, detailed design, validation/testing, commercialization.

In both cases, MVP Features Prioritization occurs in the definition phase, after research but before Information Architecture (if you’re doing it) and before you start building specific user journeys.

Research is vital to successfully prioritizing MVP features. Research provides the data on which to base decisions. Without it, prioritization is just a matter of opinion, which is no good and will cause arguments. Indeed, even after research it is possible that members of a design team will have a clash of opinion over which features to prioritize. In the case of deadlock, the best approach is to conduct additional research, which could be further interviews or user flow testing. Windmill has done a three-part series on how to get the best data from your user research, which I recommend reading.

Common Feature Prioritization methods

Now that the scene has been set, it’s time to dig into the four most commonly used methods: MoSCoW, FP Matrix, Story Mapping, and Kano. I have ordered the five roughly in order of increasing complexity.

MoSCoW

Moscow

MoSCoW is a straightforward method of prioritizing features. It allows for four classifications of features: Must-haves (Mo), Should-haves (S), Could-haves (Co), and Won’t-haves (W). But how do you tell a should-have from a must-have or a not-needed?

Must Have category is used for features that are critical to the current delivery timebox in order for it to be a success. These are features that form what is sometimes known as a “walking skeleton” – the barest bones that will form a product that’s functional and meets legal/regulatory requirements, but not one that would be competitive in the marketplace.

Should Have are the features that make your product worthwhile existing, that make it competitive. 

Could Have is a category for features with uncertain revenue potential and which aren’t so crucial for market visibility. These most likely won’t make it into the MVP unless the product is very well-funded.

Won’t Have are the features that are not critical and won’t be in the MVP. Features like alternative colors.

MoSCoW Method Pros and Cons

Pros: MoSCoW can be a quick process, orienting the design team in as little as thirty minutes or within a single workshop.

Cons: MoSCoW does not take into consideration non-design points of view, such as effort and cost/time, or involve technical representation.

Feature Priority Matrix

Feature priority matrix

Feature Priority Matrix is similar to MoSCoW in that it has four priority categories. Where it differs is that it introduces effort as a second axis of decision-making.

The second axis allows for the categorization of features that are both useful and easy (or useless and difficult). As such, the four buckets differ somewhat from their MoSCoW equivalents.

Big Bets are features that add great value to the product but take considerable time and effort to develop. Quick Wins also add great value but are relatively easy to accomplish.

Maybes are roughly analogous to the “could-haves”: features that are easy to develop but of limited usefulness. And Time Sinks are low-impact features that are nevertheless high-effort.

The inclusion of effort increases applicability to real-world situations that a team might encounter. For instance, when discussing priorities with a client, it is easier to make the argument that a certain feature they want is considered a time sink, and thus should be excluded from the MVP. Or, with two weeks until launch, you can prioritize high-impact features with a short development time.

On the downside, without technical representation, effort estimates can be inaccurate.

Story Mapping

story mapping

Story Mapping is my favorite method and the one I’ve used most frequently. The method introduces User Journey into prioritization. Features are added under their respective activities and ranked according to necessity. Story Mapping provides a broader perspective on the product while allowing for more granular features than in prior methods. 

The topmost features are designated as the Walking Skeleton. A line is then drawn between the columns that designates features for inclusion in the MVP.

One advantage of Story Mapping is that, thanks to clear representation of user activities, it’s easier to spot missing steps. A short list of features under one User Journey indicates that that journey might not have been mapped out fully. 

On the downside, an example story map is one thing, but a real-world story map can be a huge, evolving thing. Duplicates will be common and the map will require dedicated effort just to keep it up-to-date.

Kano

kano

Named after the Japanese professor who invented it, Kano is the last method of Features Prioritization I’m going to discuss. It’s the most complex of the methods and the first to include money in the prioritization equation. And as you may well know, there are no short conversations when money is concerned.

Kano maps satisfaction against effort/money, and identifies four types of product features.

Basic features are similar to the Must-have MoSCoW features, but basic does not necessarily mean cheap. You will be spending a lot of money on things that are so expected that they do not contribute positively to satisfaction. That’s why the Basic curve does not even touch the neutral satisfaction line. A car, for instance, has a huge number of expensive, basic features that have to be included as given.

Neutral features don’t add much value. Perhaps they have limited use-cases, such as the extremely niche features that can be found in Excel that barely anyone uses. 

Performance is where we plot features whose quality can be a differentiator. Common examples include screen resolution and fuel consumption/battery life—high resolution and battery life would be great; low resolution and battery life would be unacceptable. 

Lastly, Delighters are features that provide a key competitive advantage and make up your Unique Value Proposition. They are novel features that people want to show their friends. Every phone needs a screen, but a really high-quality screen can be a major selling point. For instance, color, high-definition, touch, ultra-HD, and foldable screens have been delighter features at one point or another over the last 20 years. But screens also demonstrate how delighter features drift towards basic over time: the even ultra-HD is pretty much a given on modern mobile phones, leaving folding screens as the only one that people might want to show off to their friends. 

MVP Feature Prioritization takeaways

Each of the methods has its own use-cases and pros and cons.

  • Features prioritization frameworks help design teams know what to include in the MVP.
  • For smaller teams with lower budgets, MoSCoW might be the best option.
  • Features Priority Matrix accounts for effort and can be used to manage stakeholder relationships.
  • Story Mapping groups features according to User Journey, providing a big picture of your product.
  • Kano accounts for cost plotted against satisfaction.

Features prioritization is a key part of Windmill’s product design, development and strategy services. Find out how Windmill can bring your ideas to life.

Bio: Yuliia Kharkhota is a Senior Designer at Windmill. Qualified in UX discovery and synthesizing research results, Yuliia earned her stripes working on product start-ups in e-commerce and healthcare. Since the start of 2020, she has been part of a Windmill design team working on developing new fintech products.

 

A problem well stated is a problem half solved.

– Charles Kettering

Meeting the UI expectations of modern users requires design teams to spend considerable time and effort carrying out thorough UX (user experience) research. Such research helps ensure that every design element is planned and developed in a way that best fits the needs of all the users. UX research is crucial to deliver an intuitive and gratifying user experience while also fostering longer and stronger relationships. 

In Part 1 – Preparing for UX Research and Part 2 – Conducting UX Research of this three-part series, we talked about the pressing need for UX research, how organizations can prepare for UX research with training, what steps they need to follow to conduct the research, and how they can deal with any challenges that come their way. 

In Part 3, we will be talking about the importance of analysis and reports to improve the outcomes and return on investment of the research effort. 

The need for analysis

Many design teams that carry out UX research consider the activity to be complete once user inputs have been received, but in reality, the research process is far from over. Earlier phases were focused on the right questions, but this phase is all about digesting the answers!

After answers to the research questions have been received, it is time to review the qualitative insights. They will build a strong picture of the required design elements to be incorporated into the product. The analysis helps design teams clearly understand the qualitative aspects of user needs (their first thoughts, feelings, and expectations) instead of quantitative aspects (the number of users who liked or disliked a particular feature). 

The analysis also allows teams to revisit their own notes, as well as those of observers to ensure the 1-to-1 UX research is comprehensive and provides specific insights. Specificity is important and this is consciously brought in at every stage. For example, by avoiding references to terms like ‘a few’, ‘some’, or ‘most’ users and talking about actual numbers. At this point, researchers try to identify things that may have been missed during the live sessions and to identify themes that let the report tell a story, instead of just a linear list of issues.

Structuring the responses and conducting analysis

One of the best and easiest ways of structuring the responses to conduct the analysis is by using Excel, although teams can also resort to using professional tools to carry out the analysis process – especially as research activities expand. These tools can easily capture verbatim responses and automatically carry out analysis afterward too, for example, tag by issue/theme.

Question/User User 1 User 2 User 3
Question 1        
Question 2        
Question 3        
       
  • By writing test scripts and responses in Excel, research teams can (more) easily compare users’ answers across a single question.
  • Teams can identify common themes that users mention at any point. These typically include look and feel, navigation, views on desktop vs. mobile, etc. It can also help unearth insights into how they feel about crucial steps in the workflow, such as creating an account, accessing help, and more. 
  • Any response that stands out can easily be color-coded or highlighted for easy reference.
  • When common themes aren’t immediately apparent, researchers can rely on powers of memory and concentration, repeated readings of the user responses, and thinking outside the box. 
  • Interesting user views and verbatim comments can also be put into tools like Trello, Mural, on the wall, etc. Repeatedly looking at them can help in grouping those into fundamental underlying themes.
Things to keep in mind

Although analysis is a critical step in the UX research process and helps make report writing a lot easier, it is important to guard against overuse. 

  • Try not to include every user comment in the statistics; if a considerable number of people have expressed a similar opinion, make a note of them and use it as a guide. 
  • But make it a habit of inserting lots of user comments into reports. This will give a better feel for those who weren’t part of the research sessions. This also helps the research rely more directly on what users said, rather than individual interpretations. 
  • Also, try not to give in to the pressure of providing clear yes or no answers; if the user response is “yes, but only just” or “no, but only just”, make a note of that. 

UX research is an essential part of Windmill’s Digital Product Strategy Services. Validate your product vision early in the design process.

The need for reporting

The time spent with users is extremely valuable. Therefore, how they feel about the product, what features they like or don’t like, or what improvements they expect must be documented properly. This brings us to the need for robust reporting. Reports help in: 

  • Getting a birds-eye view of all issues identified so they can be transformed into an issues log or working document that details fixes and priorities;
  • Revisiting the reasoning behind a design decision. If there’s a later challenge it’s possible to refer to the exact finding and not just someone’s interpretation of it;
  • Providing an excellent and fairly user-friendly way for many new team members to understand what’s going on in a project and what fix is being attempted; 
  • Reviewing other reports and improving their own techniques and knowledge sharing.
Benefits of reporting 

Reporting plays a huge role in assimilating the views of all users who’ve been a part of the UX research project. 

  • Bringing all customer responses into a single document not only helps list out milestones that make the UX research process more professional; it also provides a great opportunity to show milestones to demonstrate progress. 
  • User-friendly reports are also easy to share, and such write-ups help persuade any skeptics who think UX research doesn’t deliver value. 
  • Moreover, reports are also a great way of demonstrating that the effort put into the research has actually led to actionable discoveries – both short term and long term. 
  • In addition, user research helps teams decide which issues need immediate fixes and which can be saved for later. 
  • Design teams can constantly refer to reports, even as further studies are conducted, to see how the problem and their understanding of it have evolved. 
  • Research reports can also be used as a guideline for future research projects; over time, teams can build up a UX research library where the accumulated knowledge is constantly shared and distilled.
Choosing the right report style

To get the maximum impact from the analysis and reporting process, it is important for teams to choose the right report style. For instance, it may be better to choose a formal style to list identified issues, rate severity, and proposed recommendations – especially when more than one researcher is working on the same project. This helps to keep styles consistent. In other instances, it may be possible to pick an informal style of reporting such as storytelling with more variation in presentation and discussion. No matter the style chosen, it’s crucial to ensure that all the identified issues are graded for severity.

While planning for content, make sure to include: 

  • Project background/context
  • Research objectives
  • General methodology
  • General session structure (script separately or in appendix)
  • Key for grading issue severity
  • Statistics on the participants recruited
  • Executive summary
  • Summary of issues (becomes issue log)
  • Findings sections structured sequentially or by theme
  • Next steps
  • Appendix
At Windmill

At Windmill, user researchers spend a lot of time perfecting their individual methods of reporting. It is important to update them after every session, and send them to the client if they have any additional comments. Recordings of the session also aids in the interviewer being 100% engaged, since they will not be scrambling to write down a specific quote or comment from the prospective user. It is great to go back and watch the session while reporting to observe body language, which can say a lot about what a person is experiencing. 

UX research is an indispensable part of the product development process. When done correctly, it can greatly help designers and product developers understand the specific issues of modern customers. This allows them to design product elements in a way that helps their users overcome the challenges in the best possible manner.

Let’s give the last word to Julie Zhou, Designer and Author. She says, “To find ideas, find problems. To find problems, talk to people.” It’s time to talk. 

In March, Windmill held its first roundtable in support of International Women’s Day (IWD).  We facilitated conversations with women in tech, design, human resources, and management and found a unified voice that honored the day and the careers development of Women at Windmill. 

With offices in the US, Portugal, the United Kingdom, Ukraine, Switzerland, and India, Windmill’s diversity is one of our key strengths. And as a company with large tech and IT teams, it is Windmill’s responsibility to make sure those career pathways are as open to women as possible.

What does IWD mean to you?

International Women’s Day is a day like any other but also one for remembering that, for the most part, the world is inching closer to gender equality. As a company whose workforce is so internationally diverse, the question of the personal significance of IWD produced a broad range of perspectives. 

Every day is women’s day according to Susana in Portugal, and similarly in Ukraine, where IWD is a National Holiday, Khrystyna feels that a kind of restrictiveness around March 8th, of that being the one day to platform women’s views, has been shrugged off, women’s voices are heard every day.

In contrast, for Luidmyla, IWD is a day to celebrate women in a literal sense – to be waited on and to receive flowers and presents, not even leaving bed to make coffee! A “Queen day” as she calls it! Additionally, Sarika based in India spoke of an office culture at a previous workplace where the men brought in gifts for the women. 

It is great to see the different way IWD is appreciated and regarded around the world, and specifically within Windmill.

Challenging oneself

The theme of this year’s IWD is #ChoosetoChallenge, and challenging oneself was a common theme during the discussion. A point of unity was the importance of determination and belief in yourself in handling difficult situations at work in the face of doubts and fears. Susana was not afraid to share her strategy of having a “little cry” in the restroom to gather herself; while when faced with a difficult task, such as submitting an important application, Khrystyna reminds herself of a Scarlet O’Hara quote, but inverses it: Instead of “thinking about it tomorrow” she acts now and deals later with any negative feelings that arise.

For Christina, visualisation is a powerful tool that should be used from early in one’s career. “If you want something, believe it first then be it, she said. One of the biggest obstacles we face is that we don’t do ourselves justice in imagining success — we do it for others but not ourselves. Moenika, based in London, echoed those thoughts, saying that sometimes the best opportunities are scary and that we are more capable than we know — facing down self-doubt and untrue opinions of yourself is crucial to self-development.

Akshata sees speaking your mind as key to inner peace. For her, it’s important to put your point across even if you think it’s “crappy” as it will put your mind at peace and you won’t be regretful for not having said anything at night. There’s not much to lose, so don’t be afraid to fail.

Challenging externally

The IWD roundtable turned from challenges of the self to to ways women had challenged their external environments. Representation of women in senior and managerial positions was commonly identified as being important to see as well as to become oneself. Sarika was encouraged to become the first woman from her group to leave India for Europe, while Moenika was successful in becoming the president of her university’s computer science club to show that women belong in such professions — in many ways embodying Christina’s mantra of believe it then be it.

Windmill is committed to supporting women in all roles and believes that with this stance, more people will be inspired to excel in their careers without gender stereotypes.

View Windmill’s current vacancies, including design, developer, and engineer roles, on Windmill’s careers page.

Everyone is an Information Architect, whether they know it or not. If you’ve ever restructured folders on your hard-drive to make files easier to find, you’ve practiced information architecture. At its core, Information Architecture is helping people find what they’re looking for. But when a project requires a large amount of data to be categorized and structured, which is often the case for data-driven product design companies such as Windmill, expertise in Information Architecture is required.

Information Architecture is a process that allows data to be represented in a structured manner, setting the stage for a streamlined design process.

The main goals of Information Architecture 

Users should not have to spend time and effort understanding the content presented to them in a product. It is Information Architecture, the art and science of organizing and structuring data, that enables design teams to make the product effortless to use for their end users.

Information Architecture takes a user-centric approach and helps design teams build visual elements, functionality, interaction, and navigation accordingly. The main goals of Information Architecture include: 

  • Organization of design elements into easily understandable formats;
  • Prioritization of information based on its criticality or importance;
  • Building navigation elements that are explicit and frictionless.
The Information Architecture process

Information Architecture can help designers overcome product usability and navigation challenges while saving a tremendous amount of time. But for it to work efficiently, organizations need to follow a clear, structured plan, based on four steps.

  1. Research: Begin by taking content inventory and cataloging all the essential elements. Collect all your content assets and sort them by type; remove duplicates if any and create spreadsheets with all the items – including hyperlinks, author names, and tags. Then, evaluate the content elements and information assets and perform a rigorous content audit. Remove any outdated and unnecessary content and ensure consistency and quality of the remaining content.
  2. Definition: Build the object-oriented user experience you want to deliver. Define your objectives, core content, metadata, and actions. Reorder the elements if required and add the corresponding CTAs. It may be useful to turn to techniques, like card sorting, to determine how people understand and categorize information. Use the results to design your information architecture, workflows, menu structure, and navigation paths.
  3. Structure: Create taxonomy driven by the visual hierarchical structure of your content. Depending on how you want to present the information to the users, define your system and choose a corresponding organization model:
    • Choose a sequential structure if you want users to follow certain steps in a specific order.
    • Choose a hierarchical structure if you want to organize various pieces of information into categories.
    • Choose a matrix structure if you want to give the users more freedom to choose their own path.
  4. Navigation: Create a labeling system to mirror the thinking and language of your users. Review the list of labels for consistency of usage, punctuation, and writing style. Consider choosing a single syntactic approach and then maintain uniformity. Decide how you want users to navigate through your content and finalize the directions and flows accordingly:
    • Choose forward navigation for moving between screens at consecutive levels of hierarchy, steps in a flow, or across an app.
    • Choose lateral navigation for moving between screens at the same level of the hierarchy.
    • Choose reverse navigation for moving backward through screens either chronologically (within one app or across different apps) or hierarchically.
Eight Principles for Success

Using Information Architecture as the blueprint of your product design can help you to build the right wireframes and sitemaps that will ensure user satisfaction. To set the foundation of an effective user experience, here are eight Information Architecture principles to keep in mind:

  1. Look at the content of your product as a living thing with its own lifecycle, behaviors, and characteristics. This will help you visualize the relationships your content has with other data.
  2. Curb the temptation of delivering too many options to users. Keep it short and simple and make it easy for users to find the information they need. It’s a bit of a myth that users want choice. What they really want is to progress in their task.
  3. Don’t overload users with unnecessary information; provide summaries wherever possible to help them understand the information they can expect to find by digging deeper.
  4. Avoid long descriptions. Instead, it’s better to explain the elements in a category by showing examples of the content. Offer precise subcategories that double as shortcuts for users to understand the content at a glance.
  5. Instead of flooding the home screen with vast quantities of information, make sure to provide important content at each page – so users can know where they are and what they can do while there.
  6. Since users have different ways of looking at information, make sure your design accommodates that. Incorporate several different classification schemes to allow users to browse content.
  7. Have different menus for different types of information when possible and avoid mixing different categories in your navigation scheme. This will help improve product usability.
  8. Have a process in place to add new elements as your product grows – without causing downtime or impacting user experience.

Robust Information Architecture underpins an efficient user experience. Strengthening the foundation of your product through a detailed understanding of the Information Architecture process and embracing these eight principles could help you deliver a powerful user experience.

At Windmill, designers implement the structural design process by beginning each project by making flowcharts and mind-maps. Once the main elements needed in the product are hashed out, they perform card sorting to define what employees would need in their onboarding process. This helps to define the structure of the project to create the visual hierarchical structure needed. Our designers’ favorite tool for mind-mapping is X-Mind. Use it in your next project!

Read more about User Experience in Effective UX Research Part 1 – Preparing For Research.

A satisfied user is the best business strategy of all

– Michael LeBoeuf, American Businessman

Given how critical it has become to meet user requirements to the T, effective UX research is an indispensable part of the product design process. Effective research not only helps in better understanding user needs and preferences, it also helps designers design product elements and features in a way that drives maximum usage and loyalty.

In Part 1 – Preparing For Research of this series, we discussed the pressing need for UX research, and how organizations can prepare for UX research by training their team with a series of steps. In this part we will be discussing how companies can conduct the research, how they deal with surprises, and tips to tackle difficult users.

Conduct the research

Once you have prepared yourself for user experience research and understand the elements of effective research, it’s time to conduct the research on real users to get the real
picture of their needs and wants.

Here are some steps to follow to make it happen:

  1. Begin with an introduction:
    Introducing yourself to users and educating them about the purpose of the research is an important first step. You should have a fixed introduction that you repeat each time, to come across as more professional but also to ensure you don’t forget anything. This will allow you to concentrate on the user
    instead.
  2. Capture user background information:
    Given that you have already taken the time to cherry-pick users who are genuine and represent the required variety of basic user characteristics of your audience, you should already be aware of basic user information. You will need to question further to capture more background information: ask questions relevant to the product to uncover their relationship to the product. Make sure the questions you ask have quick and simple answers and avoid asking many questions which could lead the user to talk at length at this stage.
  3. Discuss the scenario:
    As you move towards conducting usability research, you’ll have to invent a plausible scenario for the user to move through the screens. Unless your prototype is complete and interactive enough to offer users the actual set of content and options, you’ll be forcing your user to select the options you’ve chosen for them. So, make it as realistic as possible. If you are conducting research on a live site, feel free to ask the user to create their own scenario based on their typical or recent use of the site.
  4. Ask the right questions:
    Based on what your product is about and what insights you want to unearth from your users, asking the right questions is crucial. Have a list that captures the true essence of what your users really expect from your product. Since it is easy to introduce bias at this stage, make sure to not interrupt them at all until they reach a key goal, otherwise, you might influence what they’re looking for. Once you’re done asking questions, summarize the discussion you’ve had with them; if possible, give users a rating scale to get a good idea of what they think of your product and what they would like you to improve.
  5. Repeat for other scenarios:
    Once you’re done with one scenario, make sure to repeat the process for other scenarios. Always check how realistic the scenario is for the user: gain an idea of what the user would actually do and keep referring to what you would do in real life. Where there are differences between what the user would really want and what you’ve chosen, it may be useful to ask the user what they think this screen should look like if they were performing their own task, and not the one you’ve invented.
Always be ready for surprises

It is common for researchers to assume that they’ve written an amazing test script with mostly open questions that will deliver answers to their test objectives. Although most researchers are prepared for the “known unknowns”, the problem arises when researchers encounter an “unknown unknown” – especially while conducting early research.

As a principle, if a user says anything that you feel you don’t understand, always ask them to clarify their stance. If they’re not sure what you mean, refer to your notes and repeat as closely as possible what the user actually said – not your interpretation. Based on what the user says, you may need to ask further open questions.

How you come across to your users always makes a difference in the answers you receive from them. Since power imbalances do exist, you need to drive efforts towards minimizing the chances of these imbalances becoming a barrier. Make sure to consider your physical appearance as well as how you speak and act. Be aware that users of different ages, genders, races, and accents need to be interacted with differently.

Have a plan to deal with difficult users

Just as there are some amazing users who perfectly fit the profile and are able to clearly express their thoughts, there will be some who make the research process long and painful. Here are some tips on how to deal with users who are:

  • Too talkative:
    Adopt a serious business-like attitude to say things like, moving on before we run out of time, we still have a lot to get through, we’ll try and get through this step quickly, or we won’t have time to cover it all, etc.
  • Disengaged:
    Try to understand if the user is just there for the incentive, or whether they specifically feel disengaged with your product. Try asking a different set of questions or move to another scenario.
  • Excessively negative:
    If the user hates the experience, it is surely a cause for worry. But rather than getting disheartened or trying to influence the user to say something positive, be enthusiastically cheerful about their feedback. Empower them by saying something like “the more problems you can find for us, the more chance we have to fix it”.
  • Excessively positive:
    If your users seem to love your product experience, it’s a reason for celebration. But make sure they have an open mind to different aspects of your product experience. If required, propose alternative design options and shift them back into a thoughtful mode. Always remember, no product is perfect.

When it comes to user research, driving efforts in planning research activities and then conducting the research is extremely important to understand user needs and goals. How you present yourself to your users, what questions you ask, and how you ask them all have a great impact on the answers you receive, the features you design, and the user experience you will eventually offer.

At Windmill, all designers are actively involved in the user research process. Since many products that we design are for big companies with many moving parts, we make sure to research a wide range of users from the beginning and always test in house first. Before we go to the client we need to practice our user testing on the team to hash out any mistakes or wrong assumptions.

This includes generative to usability testing. Of course, conducting the research is not the end objective. Intensive analysis of the data captured in the user research follows. That’s the stage that reveals the insights that will define the scope of the product design, and what you’ll find in the next blog post.

In the previous blog we spoke about how Flutter has made it simple for developers of all levels to develop amazing applications for different situations. Many programming languages claim advantages of their own, so what sets Flutter apart? In this blog, we will compare Flutter with the other options available to developers.

Flutter vs. React Native

React Native is considered one of the closest competitors of Flutter. Like Flutter, React Native is a cross-platform app development platform and is open-sourced. Both are cost-effective options and time-savers as they offer the hot reload feature to innovate on-the-go. But that’s where the similarities end. 

Flutter provides a rich source of widgets that enable developers to build great-looking apps. It has an active community base and excellent documentation that allows even an entry-level developer to start developing. Unlike the widgets that Flutter uses, React Native uses bridge and native elements, so developers require separate optimization for each platform. This impacts their time-to-market speed. In a fast-paced environment where innovations occur daily, this can be a downer for developers. 

Flutter vs. Native

The primary reason why developers prefer Flutter over Native iOS or Android is that it allows developers to use one codebase for both platforms. Companies don’t have to hire or build a separate development team for iOS or Android apps resulting in fewer errors or bugs since consistency is maintained across both the platforms. However, Flutter has limitations too. 

As Flutter’s infrastructure is a superstructure over the native infrastructure, it can be less stable; it cannot naturally replace Native’s infrastructure. Similarly, not all Flutter plugins are completely stable. So, even if some native functionalities work on Flutter using plugins, the choice is limited. 2-5% of developers who only know Android/Flutter or iOS/Flutter might need time to understand the workings of the second native platform. Despite these limitations, developers have found Flutter to be convenient and cost-effective as compared to Native iOS and Android. 

Flutter vs. Angular

The biggest differentiator between Flutter and Angular is the usage of the codebase. Flutter developers use a single codebase and Angular’s codebase is platform-specific. With Angular, developers have to create the app from scratch for different platforms. This is one of the leading reasons why developers prefer Flutter over Angular. 

Angular is also less cost-effective for this reason. Angular developers depend excessively on native developers to integrate each version of their Angular content into mobile projects. For example, if the development team for Flutter requires just one developer, the Angular team may require three of them – a full-time Angular developer and two part-time native developers. This results in creating multiple repositories that Angular developers may find cumbersome to maintain and may slow down the progress of the project. 

The migration to a newer version of Angular is also more complex than migration in Flutter. If an Angular developer migrates from version 1 to version 7, they have to redesign the app and rework the code from scratch. Features like hot reload spares the Flutter developers from such complexities. Of course, despite the limitations of Angular and the growing popularity of Flutter, the apps made using Angular are extremely stable and are still preferred by some developers. 

Flutter vs. PWA

Apps built using Progressive Web Apps (PWA) are compatible with all browsers. They work on low internet connectivity and offline, and PWA updates itself automatically, which keeps the apps also updated. However, PWA does not allow unauthorized users to access content as the apps are served by HTTPS. 

Unlike Flutter-based apps, installation is not easy. Users have to go to the website to install the app and launch it, which limits the user experience. Although PWA apps are compatible with iOS and Android, they do not provide the native experience that Flutter offers due to a lack of native mobile libraries. If the objective is to provide a superior experience to users, Flutter would be a better choice for the discerning mobile app developer. 

Conclusion

All things considered, Flutter remains one of the most searched technologies among mobile app developers. However, the determining factor to choose Flutter is the objective the app is trying to achieve. 

Here are a few situations where Flutter would be an ideal solution.

  • If a company does not have enough budget to create native apps for both the platforms but still wants to launch iOS and Android apps.
  • If a company wants to develop and launch products within a short period of time.
  • If a company wants the ability to innovate on-the-go without disrupting the user experience on the application.
  • If a company has more beginner-level app developers, but who are willing to learn Dart language to create apps within a short time.

At Windmill, Flutter allows developers to work quickly and efficiently. 

Matt Galligan, Co-founder of Circa said, “In my opinion, the future of mobile is the future of everything.” It would seem that mobile app developers eager to create that future are turning to Flutter in ever-growing numbers. Are you?

It’s long been an industry norm that enterprise products do not have to pay quite as much attention to user experience design as consumer products since their primary focus is the functionality of their offering, not the ease of use or aesthetic. These tools are usually used by enterprise employees on corporate networks with help desks at their disposal. However, when the world switched to working from home there became an urgency to create intuitive workflows and engaging experiences due to the lack of help from fellow colleagues or IT.

With consumer apps, when the user experience design is confusing – for instance being unable to find the navigation bar or the color of the text is not easy on the eyes – they are likely to lose interest and exit the website or application. 40% of users exit a website if the design is not appealing. However, if the design, navigation, and text are user-centric, they are more likely to explore the website and dig deeper to understand the offerings. It is apparent that this is equally true for driving up the usage of enterprise apps too.

User experience design is crucial in both inward-facing enterprise tools and external-facing enterprise apps and sites. The key question is, how does one capture the essence of where users find delight in their experience?

User experience design is not about just creating attractive designs. Designers need to fully understand the product in question, its users, goals, and blend it with beautiful visuals. Analytics play a huge part in creating powerful experiences since it removes the guesswork from the process and gives designers clarity on what a user needs.

There are two primary ways to collect data – qualitative and quantitative. Quantitative data is measurable and is based on certain specified metrics. Analytics tools and customer surveys are used to collect this data. On the other hand, qualitative data enables designers to find out what part of the product offers maximum value to the user. This data can be collected through user interviews, feedback, and surveys. Designers must use a combination of both to get a holistic picture while creating the user experience.

Role Of Data Analytics In Designing User Experiences

1. Improve design and content

Let’s take the example of RS Components, a leading distributor of electrical, electronic, and mechanical components. They used to receive millions of visitors on their eCommerce site, but users found poor site search and product information on their website frustrating, ultimately resulting in a reduction in site visitors and negatively impacting sales.

Based on the customer feedback, online surveys, and discussions in forums, RS Components identified the key issues that impacted the experience and revamped it on their website. The change enabled them to exceed their financial target by 42% and resulted in massive growth in conversion.

How RS Components used data analytics to improve user experience

With data analytics, designers can gauge what part of the website or app interests the users the most. They can leverage data analytics to understand user behavior and personalize the experience. Analytics will help designers build an intuitive design that appeals to everyone.

2. Focus on the right problems

A designer might face multiple issues, especially when a new version of the product is about to be launched. What problems are more important? Designers can leverage analytical tools to prioritize customer feedback and determine the most common or major issues that affect the user’s experience. These insights can help them create feature lists mapped back to releases and schedules with greater assurance of product acceptance on release.

3. Create a seamless experience

A user expects a consistent experience across all touchpoints in their journey with the product. Today those touchpoints could range from desktop apps to web browsers, mobile apps, and increasingly wearable devices. Designers can collect the data received from these touchpoints to understand their habits and challenges.

For example, it could reveal that many users who try to access their enterprise product through their phones are unable to login. Based on this insight the designer can simplify the mobile login process. The objective is to make the experience hassle-free and so simple that even a child can do it without guidance.

4. Personalize the experience

Users want a personalized experience due to the amount of choice that is offered to them in their daily life. With the help of data segmentation, designers can hyper-personalize the experience. For example, a user belonging to the technology industry should see different banners and messaging on the website than someone who belongs to the manufacturing industry.

5. Gauge what interests the users

Designers need to be continuously enriching their product or app to deliver increasing value to the users. Giving the user an experience that grows with them is one way to build a robust long-term relationship.

Conclusion

Data analytics play a major role in designing powerful user experiences as it helps designers make informed design decisions that align with the user’s goals.

At Windmill designers are constantly using data to design. From the initial discovery phase involving surveys, interviews, and usability testing to capture qualitative and quantitative data, to the continuous updating of applications based on user feedback. User experience is ever-changing and never complete. This mindset allows Windmill designers to deliver delightful experiences in every medium and market.

Note: This is the 2nd article in a two-part series where we discuss why accessibility matters when designing websites, web, and mobile applications. 

As we learned in the previous article, Accessibility 101: Design Principles A Designer Must Know, The World Health Organization estimates that 15% of the world’s population lives with some form of disability, and 71% of people with any form of disability will leave a website immediately if it is not accessible. 

Technology offers unprecedented opportunities for inclusion regardless of ability. It is important that this thinking is embedded from the outset of application and interface design. 

How To Create Accessible Apps

Here are 4 core elements to be mindful of when creating a website that everyone can use:

  1. Content and structure
    • Describe links in detail instead of using generic words like “click here”. This will help users understand the purpose of each link without having to physically see it.
    • Use a combination of colors, graphics, and text to describe information and emphasize key points.
    • To simplify navigation, ensure that all the repeated components within a web page appear in the same relative location and order, and try not to limit navigation flows. Create multiple ways for users to locate what they are seeking. Similarly, using consistent icons will help users with cognitive challenges understand their users better.
    • Create descriptive page headings and titles to allow users to understand the relationships between content and pages.
  2. Visual design
    • Line spacing should be at least 1.5 times the font size, and the letter spacing should be at least 0.12 times the font size. This will help users with low vision read text easily.
    • Word-spacing should be 0.16 times the font size and the font size should not be less than 10 points.
    • Maintain a contrast ratio between the text and background. Clashing colors will hinder the readability.
  3. Device-independent design
    • Be mindful of the device you are designing for; website accessibility will be different from mobile phone accessibility
    • Content that appears or disappears on using a keyboard or mouse pointer may limit the accessibility for some users constrained by the devices they want to use. Design the interaction in such a way that the user can perceive the content and dismiss it without disrupting their experience.
    • Ensure that all tasks can be conducted by users even by using conventional user interface components. Sometimes users may not be able to perform certain activities such as shaking or gesturing their device. 
    • Ensure that the touch targets are 9 mm high by 9 mm wide and the inactive spaces around controls do not overlap with touch targets. This makes it easier for users with limited motor movements to use the device without any hassles. 
  4. Keyboard-only options
    • Ensure that keyboard shortcuts are not the same as browser or screen reader shortcuts. A keyboard shortcut could be just a word or a character or a symbol and it should be active when the user interface component for which it has been assigned is in focus.
    • Present content in the correct reading sequence. For example, if the document is a multi-column document, the content must flow from the top to the bottom of the column and then to the top of the next column. This makes it easier for people using assistive technology to read the pages.
    • Include a skip-to-main content link before the header so that users can directly access the primary content on the page quickly.

Accessibility @ Windmill – There are a few core tools that Windmill designers use to create inclusive digital interfaces. 

Before beginning a project they review the Web Content Accessibility Guide 2.1 (https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG21/) to make sure the project is in line with the current guidelines. When designing for the web, built-in plugins are the most efficient way to test usability. Below are the designers at Windmill’s go-to applications for digital accessibility.

In addition to following best practices, designers must include users with various accessibility issues in their user research to understand the challenges they might face. This process will help designers to create more inclusive and accessible applications for all. 

Want your users to fall in love with your designs? Fall in love with your users.

– Dana Chisnell, thought leader in civic design

Achieving delightful user experiences in today’s ever-changing climate is a challenge. Designers must implement design elements in a way that best delivers the user’s core values, which are sometimes not obvious. The modern user is complex and needs to be understood from all angles to know how they will interact with the product. Enter user research.

The need for UX research 

Modern products are multifaceted, and sometimes put design and development teams under pressure to deliver high-quality products to users quickly and cheaply. This pressure, however, can lead to building products nobody wants or needs – particularly when teams skip the crucial step of research. 

The process can seem slow and perhaps unnecessary when you’re in the thick of it with looming deadlines, but remember that doing it properly is critical to the success or failure of your product. It also means you’re focusing on the most important part of your product first; the user, and adopting a completely user-centered design lifecycle from the start.

The 4 Elements of Great Research

  1. Set test objectives:
    Why are you conducting this research and what do you want to get out of it? Instead of focusing on broad objectives such as how users interact with the product, or what usability issues users are facing, focus on specific elements like who could benefit the most and why. When do users need our help and why? How do users make a decision and what information do they need?
  2. Write the test script:
    A test script is a set of instructions that drives users to provide answers aligned with the test objectives. There are many methods to creating them, such as writing a story or gamifying it with a list of small tasks for the user.
  3. Make the research happen:
    Remember who we are designing this product for; the users! So you must recruit suitable users that represent a good variety of basic characteristics to implement your research with. You should not only have one trait of the ideal user. After finding the perfect candidates, take time to sort out procedural and admin issues to ensure that they get the support they need to make this activity successful. There is always something new with technology or company regulations to complicate the process that you need to be aware of.
  4. Run tests and analyze results:
    Once everything is in place, it’s time to run the test interviews. Don’t lead the user but rather focus on understanding what users do, and how the product can fit with their goals. One session won’t be enough, so plan a few initially. Multiple testing sessions will help discover aspects they missed in previous testing and uncover opportunities for further improvement of test scripts. It is essential that after each test interview the researchers build a report of what they learned, and what can be improved for the real deal. This can be constantly revisited while designing the product as well, which is key. Remember, users are far more forgiving of imperfect details than an entirely wrong concept.

User Research Training @ Windmill

At Windmill we take user research seriously, hiring experts and disseminating knowledge throughout the wider design team. It features heavily in our weekly knowledge sharing sessions. In these 90 minute sessions one team member will build a few fun tasks to complete in groups of 2 or 3 focusing on one element of the research process. We implement a 5-minute self assessment after each training exercise, in which each team member can track their progress without the pressure of sharing it with anyone else. We find they can then be honest about where they are in their journey. The learning never stops!

Next

In Part 2 of this article series we will take a look at conducting user research with real users, based on work we have done at Windmill.

Way back in 2018, Google released the first version of its open-source, cross-platform development toolkit called Flutter.

Within two years, it has become one of the most preferred tools for developing mobile applications. According to Google, over half a million developers are using Flutter to build mobile apps. 

So, what makes Flutter so unique? 

Well, to begin with, Flutter has made it easy for both entry-level developers and experienced ones to develop apps easily. As Google puts it, they want developers to start app development not by asking which device to target, but “what am I going to build?”

However, that is not the only reason why developers choose to use Flutter.

Why Do Mobile Developers Prefer Flutter?

1. Native-app like performance

Most companies (from large enterprises to small startups) opt for cross-platform development due to a lack of budget, but also don’t want to compromise on the interface or experience. They want the app to function like a native app on both iOS and Android. 

Flutter combines ease of development and native performance to create a consistent experience across different platforms. The best part is that Flutter doesn’t require any platform-specific UI components to render its UI. So developers can render the same look as a native app without getting bogged down in complex tasks such as mapping every property into platform-specific widgets and so on.

2. Reduces code development time

Earlier, developers had to use different languages such as Swift for iOS and Java for Android to build different versions of the app to give them a native look and performance. Like many other cross-platform alternatives, Flutter provides a single codebase so developers are spared the additional task of writing separate code for different platforms. They just have to write code once and they can run the app on different operating systems. Additionally, Flutter provides a wide range of ready-to-use widgets that are customizable. Faster go-to-market for better apps, who doesn’t want that?

3. Hot reload feature to add new features on-the-go

Customer needs keep evolving. Developers have to keep upgrading the mobile application with new features to keep their customers happy. Earlier, adding new features or upgrading the app meant changing or adding code and saving the file to see if the changes are done. With Flutter, developers can make changes or add new code and click on the Hot Reload button to display code changes on simulators, emulators, and gadgets immediately. This gives developers the room to experiment with new features and even debug the application in real-time and continue with code execution without stopping the app. In fact, the Broadway musical Hamilton wanted to create a native app on iOS and Android to engage with its fans. They created an app using Flutter in just three months. But the surprising part was they made an entirely new feature in the app just a night before it was launched without any hiccups. Developers can launch experiments with Flutter faster than it takes to watch the streamed Broadway show.

4. Easy to learn

The primary intention behind developing Flutter was to lower the barrier to creating apps. So, even with limited knowledge of app development, developers can create great apps within a short duration. It helps if the developer knows Java or JavaScript as that would help them to learn the in-house language Dart easily. Developers can also access the tutorials and seek support from fellow community members to learn.

5. It is open-source 

As we mentioned, Flutter is an open-source language. So, every developer is free to contribute to its development to make it better. All they have to do is make changes in GitHub and send merge requests. So, developers can easily leverage the APIs, widgets, built-in designs, etc. to create an amazing and engaging app. They can get the best ideas for developing the app from the thriving community on GitHub. They can contribute to the wider community while benefiting from a great app development approach themselves. 

Conclusion

We at Windmill, thanks to Flutter, have learned how to create applications twice as fast. Adding animation to our apps has never been easier to implement. Flutter makes this task as trivial as possible.

The developer community has already widely accepted Flutter for creating amazing cross-platform apps. As we have seen what’s not to love?

However, developers also have other options such as React Native, Native, PWA, which are known to be efficient. Developers have the task of choosing the right alternative from an array of options. Stay tuned for following posts where we draw a comparison with other technologies, so developers can make an informed decision while developing their mobile apps.

Note: This is a two-part series wherein we discuss why accessible websites and apps are essential and how to design one. 

As human society continues to grow, so does its diversity. There are lots of groups of people with special needs, and innovators are doing everything in their power to make them go through their day seamlessly. Not only is it wrong to create a product that certain groups of people can’t use due to their disability, but it also limits the monetization of that product. It is both unethical and bad for business.

The World Health Organization estimates that 15% of the world’s population lives with some form of disability. People can be born with disabilities, or develop them such as loss of eyesight, or have temporary ones, like a broken arm.

In terms of the share of the likely target audience for businesses, estimates are that as much as 20% of the traffic to business websites could be from users with some disability. That share could be higher for business categories like healthcare.

Did you know, 71% of people with any form of disability will leave a website immediately if it is not accessible?

So, apart from it being a moral imperative for companies to cater to all possible users and the law in most developed markets, ignoring this segment could prove extremely detrimental to business outcomes.

So, what can designers do to make the web content accessible for all users? The short answer is “Digital Accessibility”.

What is Digital Accessibility and how to start with the design process?

Digital Accessibility is a subset of user experience focused on making websites and apps that are inclusive and user-friendly to the widest range of people, including those with disabilities.

There are four major categories of accessibility to factor into design considerations.

  • icon

    Visual: Catering to users with visual challenges such as myopia, color blindness, glaucoma, and albinism.

  • icon

    Auditory: Catering to users with hearing issues such as presbycusis, acoustic trauma, auditory processing disorder, and otosclerosis.

  • icon

    Motor: Catering to users suffering from action-linked motor issues such as cerebral palsy, Parkinson’s, and muscular dystrophy.

  • icon

    Cognitive: Catering to users battling cognitive challenges like autism, Down’s syndrome, dyslexia, and global developmental delay.

Accessibility is governed by guidelines and legal requirements such as the Section 508 compliance (US), EN 301 549 (EU), The public sector bodies accessibility regulations (UK), and the WCAG 2.1 guidelines.

So, how is a designer to go about building accessible digital interfaces?

The designer must first develop empathy for likely users. They must possess or inculcate an inclusive mindset based on that empathy to design for a wide range of human diversity.

There are a variety of approaches designers follow to guide their specific work. One approach we particularly like is from Microsoft. Here are their three core principles of accessible design.

The Three Core Principles of Inclusive Design

1. Recognize exclusion

The definition of disability has changed over the years. In 1980, the WHO defined disability as a personal attribute wherein a person cannot carry out normal activities due to limited abilities, but recently the WHO refined that definition. Today they see disability as a more complex phenomenon that reflects the interactions between the person and the society in which they live. This is not about the person, but about the person in the context of the interactions they have to undertake.

Of course, it is natural for designers to bring their bias in while solving issues. However, designers must recognize that disability is not related to personal or health conditions but that disability happens when there is a mismatch in human interactions. These mismatches can be permanent, temporary, or just situational. By being conscious of their bias and by practicing empathy mindfully, designers can identify exclusions and find ways to solve the problem. An inclusive design will make the interface accessible to all kinds of people by addressing the interactions rather than focusing on the individual.

2. Learn from diversity

Humans learn and adapt to diversity quickly. By designing websites for people with different disabilities, designers might end up building something that could be more beneficial to people in general. Hence, designers should put the real interactions and tasks of people at the heart of their creations. This will give them new insights and enable them to build a better experience for all types of users.

3. Solve for one, extend to many

Disability can be permanent (someone having just one arm), temporary (someone who has fractured her one hand), or situational (when a new mother is working on a computer with one hand as she is carrying a newborn baby in the other hand). A truly accessible website must be easy to use for all these types of users.

To build an accessible website, designers must focus on that one big problem that is universal to all users and focus on solving that. By putting people and their constraints at the center, designers can build a more accessible website for all users. Adopting a robust and carefully considered set of design principles, like these three from Microsoft, can help set the context for how designers should build an inclusive mindset in order to create accessible websites.

At Windmill, our designers follow the Microsoft Accessibility Guidelines. To implement it we use website plugins to make sure that the color contrast under different conditions is sufficient while we are creating a design system and developing a product. The specific tools we use include UserWay (https://userway.org/), an Automated Website Accessibility Solution for ADA & WCAG Compliance, and Stark (https://www.getstark.co/), a suite of integrated accessibility compliance tools for software teams. In the next part of this series, we will look at some best practices and tips that Windmill designers use to design accessible digital interfaces.

The ability to simplify means to eliminate the unnecessary so that the necessary may speak. — Hans Hofmann (Painter)

The enterprise has integrated deeply with software and, more than ever, enterprise IT is responsible for driving organizational performance. Technological evolution and the coming of the ‘app economy’ have also made the enterprise more ‘appified’ but this has served to convert the enterprise IT landscape into a minefield of siloed applications, large product portfolios, and tangled inter-dependencies.

One result of the complexity of this ecosystem is that enterprise users are often forced to contend with inconsistent experiences and disjointed workflows that prevent them from being able to perform their tasks with ease.

The problem with complexity

Ageing systems and legacy technologies impede the ability of organizations to intelligently manage all the critical business processes and applications while remaining flexible to adapt to ever-changing business requirements. The pace of technological evolution has intensified rapidly over the past two decades and organizations now look towards software to drive evolutions, revolutions, and transformations in how they conduct business. In that light, sub-optimal and inconsistent user experiences, something of a mainstay of enterprise software, reduce adoption and impact organizational agility and performance.

The modern enterprise can no longer afford to bear the burden of unnecessarily complex enterprise application portfolios that deliver patchy user experiences.

The need for change

Software today undoubtedly operates as the central nervous system of all enterprises. However, enterprise software, until now, has been designed to satisfy the needs of the organization and not of the individual user. It has often appeared to be at odds with user-centered design. The good news is that enough evidence exists to show that enterprise software companies which use design methodologies and create holistic experiences for their users can drive better long-term adoption of the software and consequently achieve software-driven success.

Creating holistic experiences with large product portfolios – the roadmap

While there might seem to be a lot of conflicts inherent in large product portfolios, with this conflict comes the opportunity for intelligent renewal. Here is a road map that we have successfully employed to create robust, user-friendly, and secure experiences for enterprises, even with large product portfolios.

Evaluation for evolution

The first pillar of our enterprise-centered design practice is evaluation. Evaluation begins with going through the enterprise client’s existing product and application portfolio with a fine-tooth comb to identify how it can be rationalized, simplified, aligned, and then organized. This understanding can only be generated by thorough research that captures a detailed understanding of both business needs anduser needs.

Assessing end-to-end user journeys

Product portfolio renewal also demands coordination across a broad range of end-users and getting all the invested stakeholders to become engaged in this strategic initiative. We leverage the Design Sprint methodology to look at all the components of the entire technology ecosystem that impact the user needs and define the end-to-end user journey as it exists at the time. This involves understanding the user objective and the jobs to be done, every stage of the user journey, the various touchpoints, and the means employed by them to connect to the applications they use. This assessment throws valuable light on the overall UX and how it can be optimized.

A comprehensive ‘service map’ to build better connections

After looking at the entire product, technology, and user ecosystem, the next step is to design a comprehensive service map. The objective behind this is to build the right connections between the front end and the back end and look at the big picture to connect together the right dots and the right touchpoints.

Taking a look at the big picture helps us identify how the applications impact the users, their motivations behind using or not using them, and how they complete their tasks. With this information, we curate end-to-end, detailed solutions around the user workflows with a clear understanding of the main touchpoints, the channels that users use, the systems they connect to, and how they connect.

This allows us to design a consistent experience across the range of enterprise products and applications the users turn to in performing these tasks.

Focus on the ‘solution’ and not just one workflow

It can be impossible to deliver holistic experiences with large product portfolios unless we move away from a myopic development approach. While it might seem easier to just optimize one particular workflow or functionality, it is also often meaningless to provide one elevated experience and leave the others at a sub-optimal level.

For the millennial enterprise user, this would be like going to Airbnb and realizing that their experience while looking for accommodation in Italy was substantially different from the experience while looking for accommodation in Mexico on the same app. Will such an approach drive adoption? No, it won’t. In the enterprise context, will products that do not provide consistent and elevated experiences win the love of users? Unlikely! 

Add value, beyond the obvious

UX, contrary to popular belief, is not just about clean aesthetics and simple design. With a clear picture in mind, we focus on design that can elevate the user experience to another dimension by taking an application beyond being merely functional and makes it usable. It is in this dimension that the hidden gems lie, those extremely useful features that might not be immediately noticeable but add immense value to the product. 

How does this play out?

Let’s look at an example to show how this works in practice. We were called in to help a large shipping company refresh their billing application, but we soon saw the project take on a different dimension. As we studied the billing app, we realized that the app was a part of so many different user journeys. Customers used it, as did users (and other enterprise applications) in roles such as Finance, Order Fulfilment, and Account Management, among others. It would not make sense to change the user experience in billing and leave everything else untouched. This kicked off a new cycle of looking at the entire enterprise product portfolio to define a design-led realignment that would deliver a superior, and holistic user experience.

Focusing on the end-user needs and evaluating all the touchpoints is essential before you write even a single line of code simply because it is this evaluation that will determine the exact problem, the opportunities for alignment, and the gaps that, when filled, could deliver greater value. It is with this knowledge that you then determine the design systems, toolkits, and technology stacks that will address the entire user experience and help you deliver robust enterprise software solutions that users love, accept, and trust.

Design is about much more than visuals. Design is deeply embedded in product development, and the process itself is as important as the deliverable.

Here at Windmill, design is a journey we take with our clients, and we want to make sure we’re on a journey that’s enjoyable for everyone involved. We start by asking ourselves how we can best collaborate with our client’s product and development teams. Oftentimes, we are not the solo designers working on a project, which makes collaboration a key component to both our own success and the success of our clients.

Our goal at Windmill is to enable our clients to be as self-sufficient as possible. In order to accomplish this, we apply the three lenses of design thinking:

 

 

Business Viability

A common pitfall in design is getting lost in concepts and prototypes that never make it to market. As imaginative as designers can get, in order to be successful, an idea must be viable enough for a business to fully implement. This includes everything from managing expectations throughout the project lifecycle, to making sure everything remains within a client’s budget, to building a platform that truly solves the business challenges at hand.

We believe in establishing a shared vision toward success through open lines of communication with our clients from the onset of any engagement. By fostering a collaborative environment, we’re able to streamline the design process and deliver products that are customized to our clients’ needs.

 

Technical Feasibility

Designing and developing a product is one part of the challenge; successfully implementing a product is another. Successful design ultimately depends on the technical feasibility of the product, i.e. whether or not it actually works as intended and how well it integrates into a client’s existing technology stack.

 

Customer Desirability

In addition to all the operational benefits to a business, the product must ultimately delight end-users. Understanding our customers’ customers is just as important as understanding the business requirements of any given product. Our overall goal as designers is to build a product that delivers true value to the people who use it, hopefully making their lives easier in the process.

 

Sprinting Toward Success

The sweet spot between business viability, technical feasibility, and customer desirability is where true innovation happens. Many businesses focus on local problems, but in order to get to the root of any business challenge and provide a solution that fully addresses it, we try our best to present a holistic approach that takes into account each area of business that might be impacted.

We conduct a series of design workshops and sprints that enable us to identify the breadth of every challenge and develop a comprehensive solution. We invest our time in understanding our clients and their business models so we can deliver products and platforms that are perfectly customized to their needs.

This is our proven design thinking methodology, and we’re proud of all the amazing ideas it’s helped us bring to life, from concept to reality.

Everyday life is like programming, I guess. If you love something you can put beauty into it. – ACM Turing Award recipient Donald Knuth

Why are enterprises across sectors adopting enterprise engineering?

Globalization has transformed enterprises into complex, multi-unit entities with scattered departments and groups – each with their own specific needs and tools.      

An array of enterprise solutions has sprung up to address the “tool and technology” needs of enterprises, creating applications and products for point solutions that get embedded into the enterprise tech ecosystem.

As the enterprise grows, so do product extensions to address existing (and future) needs. Many enterprises also acquire (or build) new products and integrate them into their existing product portfolios.

With so many products, more effort is required for building, integrating, supporting, and maintaining them, especially given the numerous and diverse technologies these products incorporate.

Efficiently managing this maze of technologies, tools, feature-requests, and technical debt is a massive task.

Enterprises are now turning to enterprise engineering in an effort to simplify this landscape.

What is enterprise engineering?

Enterprise engineering focuses on simplifying the enterprise product portfolio, to identify redundancies, eliminate waste, and maximize value from technology. By introducing core elements of enterprise engineering early in the lifecycle, it enables better deployment of engineering bandwidth while still addressing the core needs of modern enterprises.

Enterprise Engineering, with design thinking, helps organizations execute their vision through design-driven digital solutions.

Enterprise engineering relies heavily on product design and focuses on identifying common threads driven by the needs of enterprise users. It shines a light on everything from workflows and features to usability and analytics.

Using concepts such as lean software development, automation, cloud, security, and data science and AI, enterprise engineering aims to fuse digital strategy and experience design into creating better aligned digital products. The goal is to transform product development efficiency and provide the enterprise end-users with delightful experiences.

Once the solution has been executed, enterprise engineering also works towards institutionalizing the benefits through constant reinvention and rationalization.

The key question is, how to get this practice right?

We believe that we have a unique perspective here based on a mix of experiences. As a team of experts in digital product design and delivery, we have partnered with many enterprises and helped them develop their products and build out their portfolios. We have also developed a few products of our own for specific situations.

Here’s how we approach enterprise engineering based on that varied experience. 

Our approach to enterprise engineering

Build a strategic view of the enterprise and include components of human and culture development. We understand that enterprise engineering is not just about technology; it is as much about people. Therefore, we aim to invest in modern technology development to meet the goals and the strategic vision of our enterprise customers.

Carry out strategic planning by gathering information and identifying weaknesses, threats, and opportunities. We then use this data for building unique enterprise engineering products that align with the vision of our enterprise customers. We also help them align and optimize their enterprise product portfolio through carefully considered discovery, design, and architecture planning stages

Think about the technology likely to play a role in developing the products as it impacts the strategic vision of our enterprise customers. We zero in on enterprise architecture design as well as engineering processes. This includes looking at the frameworks and procedures we would need to use to improve the digital experience for our enterprise customers and the end-users.

Measure the performance of the products being built by defining objectives and quantifying the nuances of all the aspects the product touches. We then ascertain how we can improve the system in the future. We define the vectors for improvements for the given system and present metrics around the system performance.

Evolve the products to extend the functionality and enable easy maintenance through their lifecycle. To enable constant evolution, we ensure we have a solid base from the design point of view. Baking evolution into the process helps us in improving quality and value. 

How does this work?

Let’s look at an example in the banking domain.

We are providing technology services for one of the biggest private banks in Switzerland with several legacy systems and applications that were outdated. 

With understanding and processes from Enterprise Engineering and Design Thinking, we defined a way forward through a technical rewrite to newer cutting-edge frameworks.

 We used modern solutions, architecture design, and frameworks to carry out design and engineering renovation in three stages:

Understand existing solutions

Design the new architecture      

Build teams to implement the solutions

The end result is a streamlined process, elevated customer experience, and more modern product infrastructure.

As the enterprise tech stack gets increasingly complex and difficult to maintain, embracing enterprise engineering is necessary to make technology more manageable for enterprises. 

So, it boils down to making the applications modern so they deliver a much better experience to users, while also looking at reducing the complexity so they become easier to maintain and upgrade. That’s the essence of Enterprise Engineering.

 

In a hyper-competitive software-driven world, you are only as good as your capacity to deliver products that delight your customers -fast. Software runs the world and enterprise products too have to join the “customer-driven” movement.

The days of clunky enterprise product experiences are gone forever as the user takes the driver’s seat  for enterprise products as well. Robust, feature-rich, intuitive, secure, and uber-usable are the terms that must come to mind when we say ‘well-designed’.

The pressure to design enterprise products that deliver a consumer-like product experience is rising. Enterprises must figure out how they can deliver such products at light speed without making any compromises. Along with is, the enterprise is now faced with a new challenge –how to define a complete product vision quickly?

 

 

Enter Design Sprints 

While building products for the enterprise, somehow, great design and agility have seemed like opposing goals due to the focus on time constraints. This does not have to be so.

Enterprise products and applications are usually mission-critical and have to be rolled out faster due to the business impact they can have. The consensus has often been to bake in functionality and performance and sacrifice design at the altar of time constraints. Such products inevitably need to be re-written and re-designed over time to drive up user adoption.

The needs and the complexities of the enterprise products demands a new approach to framing product vision.

Design Sprints, a concept popularized for Google to build consumer products, can be employed in the enterprise context, albeit with a few tweaks, to design highly functional products that drive adoption and help the users reach their end goals with ease while imposing a minimal cognitive load on them.

This is how we use Design Sprints to help our enterprise customers define a rich product vision that delivers value to their end-customers, while still staying ahead of the clock.

Measure twice, cut once – Enterprise products need a planning redesign.

 The Design Sprint process helps to discover what the product vision should be. It almost acts as a prototyping process that allows organizations to test their product idea with “real” users before any development begins. This is done keeping the criticality of enterprise use-cases and the complex enterprise environment in mind.

Our Design Sprint process helps organizations frame a product vision in two weeks by gathering user-focused insights, prototyping ideas, and validating them. At the end of the two weeks, you have a validated and fleshed out product vision that is ready to take the next steps towards development. This process involves a rigorous assessment of all the moving and static parts of enterprise product design, user needs, product objectives, etc. to provide a clear roadmap for product development to help organizations build products that end-users will actually use.

Design Sprint – How we do it

Our Design Sprint workshop starts with an intensive one-week effort aimed at solving this exact problem by building a shared understanding of the product vision with all the stakeholders by developing problem awareness, providing clarity, and removing all ambiguity. It is only upon gaining complete clarity on completion of this process that we proceed to the actual product design phase.

The Design Sprint workshop is the most critical stage of product development. Getting the Design Sprint right will result in a better-informed product vision and an actionable and measurable plan. Getting it wrong will lead to chaos and confusion later on that could stall product evolution.

Our Design Sprint workshop brings all the stakeholders under one roof to go through a series of well-defined, calculated, and tested steps during the first week. The workshop should include the technologists who will be developing or managing the products, leaders and business unit heads who feel their clients or employees need the product and anyone else who will be impacted by the product.

We create small groups of 7-9 people led by one design specialist to get the Design Sprint process moving. The objective behind creating small groups is to ensure greater participation, receive and share more ideas, and have everyone directly invested in the process of product creation.

We also conduct structured interviews with the stakeholders, pose the right questions, and direct them so that everyone invested can relate and understand the information presented.

 Stage 1: Define challenges to build problem understanding

In the enterprise context, new product development or product evolution happens to solve a pressing problem. Getting the relevant stakeholders under one roof helps to evolve a shared definition of the problem statement to identify the core purpose of the product. Why is the product necessary? Who will use it? How will they use it? What benefit will it bring to the table?

Our Design Sprint gets answers to these and other pertinent questions related to the product and the end-goal of the user within carefully designed sessions.  The first four days of the workshop are organized methodically to ensure that by the end of these we have a fully fleshed out product vision.  Each day has a clearly defined agenda and is conducted with the relevant set of people.

The initial two days are spent with the entire team to discover, map, emphasize, sketch and create the product. The Windmill team then takes one day to create a prototype which is then shared with the stakeholders and users on day 4 to test. The product summary is then drawn, and the ensuing days are spent creating a robust, well-designed working product vision and its relevant documentation. 

The knowledge pooling and interviews conducted in this round ensure that everyone is on the same page and helps to secure the elusive ‘buy-in’ that is essential to ensure successful collaboration.

It is almost like following the Yellow Brick Road to reach the Wizard of Oz, as everyone contributes their unique viewpoint to build a stronger overall product vision.

The Design Sprint delivers not only a workable vision of the product but also sets the ground for more predictable and efficient product design.

 Stage 2: Define goals for clarity and transparency

Since we can only manage what we can measure, it becomes important to set the parameters for measuring success. Well-defined goals provide greater clarity and transparency to the product vision process, help all stakeholders be on the same page, and highlight all the important milestones that need to be covered to tick off things as ‘done’.

 Stage 3: Define the scope to design a clear roadmap

Since a goal without a plan is just a wish, it becomes equally essential to define a clear project development roadmap. This involves considering all the goals and identifying the key priorities. During development, teams will then save time and create more viable product prototypes as they have clarity on which features, functionalities, and interfaces they need to develop first and which can be pushed later into the development cycle.

 Stage 4: Map product experience to match the customer experience

Enterprise products have to now be by the people, for the people so, it is essential to know your audience inside out to drive elevated customer experiences.

Hence the next stage of the Design Sprint process involves gaining a thorough understanding of the target audience, understanding their motivations behind using the products and evaluating the stages they go through to reach their end-goal.

 Stage 5: Empathy mapping to drive adoption

Empathy mapping is a critical step in our Design Sprint process. Empathy mapping helps the invested stakeholders take a deep dive into specific user journeys that are fundamental to the product functionality and essential to provide the desired product experience.

It accounts for all the feelings and associations that end-users experience while performing their tasks. It also takes into consideration the existing user journeys to design how they could ideally look. This approach helps in customizing optimized and elevated user journeys that delight and drive product adoption.

Stage 6: Product validation to save time and costs

Upon completion of these stages, the project moves to the product validation stage. At this stage, the product is tested with the “users” to gain clear validations and improvement ideas. Validating the product with the user helps in eliminating risk by building a solution that resonates with the users. Organizations end up saving months of development time and money that can then be directed to other ideas.

 

How does Design Sprint drive value?

Our Design Sprint process not only helps organizations build a robust product, but also educates them on how teams can solve problems by leveraging collaboration, mutual listening, and trust. Of course, delivering this impact is not easy. We have to undertake a lot of pre-research before undertaking a project to drive a productive workshop. This workshop needs complex facilitation skills, a clear understanding of the impediments in the enterprise landscape such as stakeholder availability and identifying the right projects to facilitate – whether it is new product development or a product improvement or modification.

Getting every stakeholder to contribute and participate in the process of creation of the product vision also enables a harmonious adoption of the solution. These people become product advocates and drive product adoption across the enterprise.

The process of defining a rich product vision also helps organizations get clarity on their product ecosystem. Often organizations have an idea or a vision of a product. But this idea might not necessarily address the complete picture and all the moving parts that go into making a robust product.

Such a Design Sprint process can help organizations get clarity on what the product vision should look like and the important areas that they need to focus on to quickly launch products that enterprise product users love.

Wealth management – much like just about everything else – looks a lot different today than it did just a few decades ago.

We’ve quickly entered a world somewhat unrecognizable from our analog past. As exciting as that may be sometimes, it also presents a number of challenges for financial service providers and nearly all businesses. With technology proliferating through every aspect of consumer life, it can be especially difficult for legacy businesses to adapt to evolving consumer demand.

As technology continues to become even more integrated into the daily lives of all consumers – and especially HNWI lifestyles – it’s vital for wealth management firms to figure out exactly how to attract, engage, and retain customers who are already so accustomed to continuous innovation.

The personal connection between a wealth advisor and a client was a hallmark of the trade in the past, but today, high net worth individuals (HNWI) expect a completely different experience. While that one-on-one relationship is still incredibly important to even the youngest, most tech-savvy clients, HNWIs also want fast and convenient self-service options via the digital devices they use the most.

Companies like Uber, Netflix, and Amazon continue to set a gold standard for customer-centric digital experiences that successfully delight over and over again. These are the kinds of digital experiences HNWIs now also expect from their wealth management providers, making it imperative for wealth management firms to adopt technology that enables them to provide elite, well-rounded service.

These digital apps and products aren’t meant to replace the personal advantage of a dedicated wealth management professional, but rather serve as a seamless digital extension of their expertise. Data-driven digital tools like robo-advisory and comprehensive digital investment tools enable wealth managers to offer even more personalized service, increase client engagement, and maximize their clients’ wealth.

It can be tricky, however, to design and deliver digital experiences that customers truly want. Designing and properly building these kinds of digital products is quite resource-intensive, and oftentimes, internal teams lack the expertise required to deliver products to market fast enough. This can pose significant competitive disadvantages for long-established wealth management firms looking to compete with the sleek digital offerings from nimble new digital banks or technology startups.

Partnering with a firm that specializes in design and digital product development can help wealth management firms ensure the best possible solution, reduce time to market, and ultimately deliver a much better experience to their customers. With the right partner and plan, wealth management firms can successfully transition into the digital era and offer customers value-added service that empowers them to manage their wealth anytime, from anywhere in the world.

Ready to transform wealth management for your clients? Visit our website to learn how Windmill Smart Solutions can help.  

Throughout my years working in HR, I’ve had many interesting conversations about the need for continuous learning — keeping our skills sharp, learning new ones, and always staying ahead of curve, no matter our industry our job role.

Most people agree on the importance of continuous learning, but when faced with the realities of our daily and weekly routines, sometimes it feels impossible to step back from the churn and focus on our own development.

Here are some tips to help you prioritize and get in the right attitude to promote learning and growth.

1. Connect the dots to find meaning.

How many times have we gone through the motions of learning something simply because we were forced to, such as in school? How much did we retain from those scenarios? Probably not much, because we were unable to transfer the information from our short-term memory to our long-term memory.

In order to avoid this common pitfall in our careers, it’s important to consistently check in with ourselves to make sure we’re headed in the right direction. Some questions to ask include “why am I learning these new skills?”, “what direction will these skills enable me to take?”, and “how will this be useful to me?”

Connect the dots between your purpose, your vision, and your daily impact and you’ll start to find more ways continuous learning can help you be even more effective, in every aspect of life. Finding these real life connections to our work and understanding how it all fits into the larger picture of our personal and organizational growth is key to successfully learning and retaining knowledge in the long-term.

2. Stop believing in the talent myth.

For decades, I made the mistake of believing that talent is innate — that you either have it or you don’t. Struggling to figure out my own talents, I spent a lot of time asking myself the wrong questions.

I now know that talent is determined less by our genes and far more by our actions. In the science-fiction movie Gattaca, the main character (Vincent Freeman) brilliantly depicts the reality of the situation: despite all that is dealt to him at birth, he proves that through determination and smart choices, we each have the power to realize our dreams just as he does.

While there is always room for improvement, continuous learning starts with the acceptance that you don’t never have to have everything figured out. As long as you’re striving to become better every day, dedication and persistence will always prevail, leading you to success.

3. Learn to learn!

Skip the Laptop:
While an incredibly useful tool, reading from a computer or typing isn’t the best way to learn. Taking notes the old-fashioned way on paper is proven to be a much better way to retain information. Instead of transcribing everything you hear, try to reframe the information in your own words and draw your own connections for better results.

Get Moving:
Physical exercise can help clear your head, putting you in a better mental and physical state to retain information and successfully learn. Rather than wasting your time cramming your mind with more information, take a break for some light physical exercise before getting back to work.

Sound it Out:
It’s scientifically proven that reading something out loud helps with remembering it later on.

Find What Works:
Learning is a journey and not a destination. It’s never too late to identify your own learning style and figure out what works best for you. In order to expand our knowledge, we must first recall how to learn.

4. Learn by Doing.

It’s natural to do some research and brush up on theory before we try to put our knowledge into practice, but at some point, we must get out there and put it into practice. Whether it’s a language, cooking, playing a sport, or setting up a business, the only way to learn is to actually experience it, refine our approach, and continuously improve.

5. Allow yourself to fail.

No one likes to fail, but our risk of mistakes naturally increases as soon as we step out of our comfort zones. Try not to be so hard on yourself as you try new things. Remember that failure is not a negative experience, but rather an integral part of the learning process. It’s from our mistakes that we can learn the most, examine what didn’t work, and try again for better results next time. Flip the narrative in your own head to embrace failure and encourage perseverance.

6. Seek honest feedback. 

Honest, high-quality feedback is a valuable gift for better self awareness and gaining new perspective. Respectful disagreement and opinions that challenge our own perceptions have the power to stimulate intellectual thought and lead both sides toward greater excellence. Reach out to some trustworthy colleagues to see if they have any advice on how you could improve, and incorporate that feedback as you continue to learn more.

7. Keep track of your learning and reward yourself. 

Life itself is a journey, whether we are conscious about it or not. It’s important to take a break and pause for a moment sometimes, and reflect on what you’ve recently learned. How is it impacting your work? How are you implementing this new knowledge and what are your next steps? Regularly checking in with yourself and being proud of the progress you make day by day, or week by week, is key to remaining curious and ready to move toward each new learning experience.

With these tactics in mind, you can get yourself in the right mindset to learn more each and every day. It’s all about the choices we make and the attitude with which we approach each new experience. It’s up to you – what will you choose to learn today?

The capacity to learn is a gift; the ability to learn is a skill; the willingness to learn is a choice. -Brian Herbert

Having spent his entire career in product, including related stints in strategy, partnerships and business development, Miles Hobart — UK Principal here at Windmill Smart Solutions — knows a thing or two about what it takes to deliver digital innovation. For Miles, it’s about the freedom to do it our own way.

Miles spent a lot of time at much larger organizations where the real decision-making is more of a top-down, lengthy process, so he welcomes the shift to something new. “At Windmill, I get a chance to truly sink or swim with my colleagues based on the decisions we make” says Miles.

This kind of symbiotic relationship with his work gives Miles a chance to truly connect with customers and figure out how to best serve their needs – something that’s not always easy to find.

Being part of a large firm feels a bit like being in a cocoon. There is often little direct involvement in strategy or decision-making, and indeed, customers, making it difficult to feel a personal connection to one’s work

That’s not the case at Windmill. 

“Joining Windmill has given me the opportunity to make things a lot more real. I’m able to help make more of an immediate impact on our customers’ success” he says. “I can also see the concrete impact of decisions made across the whole company, the interdependencies between the different functions, and ultimately the business impact on customers and on the satisfaction of our own teams.”

From overseeing the company’s growth in the UK, to helping scale the organization globally and spearheading new business opportunities abroad, Miles is involved in a number of strategic initiatives that are set to determine Windmill’s trajectory over the next few years. 

He is particularly excited by the projects he is leading in 2020 for the Ventures arm of the business in the areas of enterprise collaboration and private banking. 

Miles is currently driving recruitment for several key teams as Windmill continues to bloom year after year.  “A company is only as good as its people, and we’ve got great people” he continues. “We’ve got a lot of creative thinkers and the right mix of talent. We have what it takes to be successful, and we need to continuously build on that with the right people. It is time-consuming but necessary to ensure we get it right.”

This is a fast-paced, dynamic environment. Things are always changing, and there are always new opportunities for anyone who wants to seize them; proactive individuals will thrive.

For Miles, Windmill offers a rewarding mix of product design and delivery, making it possible to see projects through end-to-end. “It’s a much more fulfilling experience for people who have a passion for product,” says Miles. “Ultimately, it’s about building products on our own terms, using our skills to build the best possible products, and taking some risks to see what can succeed in the market. It’s about opportunity and freedom.”

“That said, from a leadership perspective, we have to be continually alert to the danger of taking on too much and spreading ourselves too thin” he cautions. “There is a lot of opportunity out there! We are conscious of this and rigorously prioritize our activities, and challenge each other on this, so we are always adding the most value.”

Windmill presents fantastic opportunities for Miles to personally learn and grow and also to nurture others. He especially enjoys mentoring younger team members, helping to steer them ahead and offering advice on how to evolve throughout their careers. So far, working with such a motivated and inspired team and coaching them toward their own success is one of the best parts of the journey. 

Outside of growing Windmill’s products and services, Miles loves to stay active and spend time in nature. When he’s not working, he’s hiking in the mountains during summer or skiing in the winter as much as possible. Keeping fit and hanging out with family and friends and dog are what help Miles stay grounded and focused. 

As we dive into 2020, Miles is looking forward to ensuring successful delivery on all client engagements and helping propel Windmill’s growth across the board. The new decade is ripe with opportunity for impactful teamwork, personal development, and even greater innovation. If this sounds like something you’d like to be part of, be sure to check out our open roles on our Careers page.

What does it take to build something truly remarkable? That’s a question we ask ourselves every day at Windmill Smart Solutions.

As a company that designs and develops next-generation digital products, we each have a lot of individual experience in building remarkable digital experiences; but collectively, we are more than a group of developers, design thinkers, and agile practitioners – we are a team on a mission to enrich our human experience as well, while making an impact through our work.

Acting with Passion

At the core of passion is love, and here at Windmill, we truly love what we do. We make a great team because we each have an individual personal connection to our work, and collectively, we believe in the power of making a positive impact through design. We have a passion for helping each other, helping our community, and helping make life a little bit easier for our clients and their customers through the innovative digital products we create.

Taking Ownership

There’s a lot of room for confusion out there, so we always take due diligence to be crystal clear on each of our responsibilities. By knowing what is expected of each of us, we’re able to work faster and more effectively toward our goals. Taking ownership helps us minimize inefficiency while maximizing productivity. Ultimately, it makes our team stronger and enables us to provide exceptional client service.

Honesty and Transparency

Open communication and a strong sense of trust enable us to build a sustainable and successful company together. That’s why here at Windmill, we’re always honest about our abilities and intentions, as well as our mistakes. We remain upfront about our emotions and concerns, and we never judge or censure anyone for sharing how they feel.

Mutual Trust and Respect

We are all partners in this journey we call life, and as such we always see each other as fellow human beings first. This small act of compassion makes a big difference in how we relate to each other; ultimately it makes us better designers, innovators, and critical thinkers, and more well-rounded as a whole. We strive to maintain mutual trust and respect so we can all enjoy positive interactions, valuable connections, and a healthy work environment.

Open Mindedness

We live in an age of boundless potential. Keeping up requires agility, and agility begins in the mind. We’re continuously testing our assumptions and sharpening our knowledge – it’s how we stay prepared to face every new challenge. With each iteration comes a chance to improve our ideas, foster greater innovation, and propel ourselves forward toward greater success.

Interested in Joining Our Team? 

Opportunities for innovation in this fantastic digital world of ours are abundant. We’re thankful for a team that makes the journey of discovering them so worthwhile. We’re always looking for like-minded professionals whose values align with our own. If this sounds like something you’d like to be a part of, check out our Careers page to learn about open roles.

Windmill was started with a single goal in mind – designing and delivering impactful experiences. As we are expanding, we are gathering the best talent and a passionate team with great leaders to come and be part of our journey.

We are building a fun team, from design to development to growth and products, I enjoy working with the team and sharing our understanding and experiences as we learn and grow together.

says Sunny.

In his own life, Sunny has experienced all styles of management and it reflects in how he manages as well. He’s grown into his role slowly by looking around and seeing what works in which situation. At Windmill, leadership is a joint effort and the company takes a lean and agile approach to it, appointing a handful of executives to the leadership team and rotating the title of CEO.

We very much believe that there should be no single point of control or failure. I’ve taken the title of CEO because someone has to have it, but it doesn’t mean anyone else in the core leadership team won’t have that title in the future. We share a vision but there is no single right way or person”, Sunny notes. “Having all these different people working together and understanding the vision without ego is how we approach leadership.

Design Thinking + Lean is at the core of Windmill Smart Solutions, and it’s prevalent in every part of the company.

We internally run design thinking workshops to enable better understanding and definition of needs and gaps. We try things, we see what works, we discard what doesn’t work, and we continuously improve what does work.

says Sunny.

The next two years will be crucial to Windmill Smart Solutions as the company looks to launch a wide range of products and projects and grow our teams in various locations. A key to our success is maintaining our continuous focus on quality and happiness at work.

In our leadership meetings, we asked ourselves what we really want to do – what is our focus? Is it revenue, growth, or quality of work? And what we all said is that we want to be selective and maintain the focus on greatness and quality in whatever we do.

The company always aims to work on a manageable number of projects, enabling us to focus and deliver truly great solutions. This allows for a team where each person is a valuable contributor toward success. 

“We’ve been growing, but there’s nothing more we want to do other than build great products, Windmill exists to create great experiences. That’s more than enough”.

says Sunny.

Sunny is proud of this atypical approach. “Everything in my life has been unique and full of great surprises.” he says. “This is reflected in the spirit of Windmill – everything we do is out of the box, we’re never in the box.”

Great teams can self-organize, self-start, and work self-sufficiently. And the right project management approach can enable this proactivity — but first, we have to understand some of the fundamental challenges that might keep teams from working independently.

The science behind great teams is becoming a huge focus in the marketplace. Amid this search for optimal team management paradigms, a “self-sufficient team” has become one of the hottest buzzwords.

A self-sufficient team is an empowered work unit and can function optimally with minimal or no supervision.

To build self-sufficiency in a team requires the identification of key indicators that exercise broad operational goals, because building self-sufficiency in a team is not a one person job. And there are some key challenges in attaining self-sufficiency of a team. Let’s take a look:

What challenges inhibit a team’s self-sufficiency?

  • Lack of product vision.
  • Lack of explicit prioritization.
  • Absence of a clear “definition of done.”
  • Failure to take responsibility
  • Lack of communication

Challenge #1: Lack of product vision

Teams can’t be truly self-sufficient if they’re only familiar with their own individual tasks. Team members should have a clear understanding of the overall “why” of their project, and that includes a perspective on its key strategic underpinnings. Product vision not only drives greater personal investment and wise decision making, but also a more self-sufficient capacity for confronting any challenges that flow down the strategic imperative, from priorities to requisite tech knowledge.

Challenge #2: Lack of explicit prioritization

In a truly self-sufficient team, team members pick up a task from the backlog and start working on it without having to go to their manager from time to time. Looking back to the previous challenge, strategic awareness is a great first step for enabling more fluid, self-directed task management. More specifically, managers require an explicit prioritization scheme to keep their team members working in unison towards the ultimate goal. Smart, explicit prioritization allows the full team to apply their skills to solve key issues explicitly without a manager’s intervention.

Challenge #3: Absence of a clear “definition of done”

Teams need a clear “definition of done” – a specific description that marks the completion of their work. Poorly defined endpoints lead to sprawling efforts and missing out of key tasks – a definite checklist needs to be formulated to ensure that every work has its proper definition of done.

For example, in the case of a software development team, the following definition of done can improve self-sufficiency:

  • Automation & manual testing
  • Peer review
  • Customer documentation
  • Product manager and business reviews

Challenge #4: Failing to take responsibility

A self-sufficient team needs to hold each member of the team accountable for their work. This practice, however, shouldn’t come at the expense of ignoring divergent responsibilities based on an individual’s skill set. Hence, everyone in the team, should take responsibility of their deliverables, regardless of one’s level of expertise.

Challenge #5: Lack of Communication

Lack of communication is anathema to self-sufficiency and proactivity. Feedback should be focused on addressing the issue and keeping communication open among the team. Mistakes happen, and they’re far more costly when they’re persisted or ignored until the last minute.

In conclusion

As prominent studies make the business value of team performance more tangible than ever before, the integration of best practices for building effective, self-sufficient teams is essential to delivering efficiency and productivity for businesses. Hence, firms can’t just wave their hands and create self-sufficient working groups. Developing self-sufficient teams requires solving key management challenges to institutionalize a proactive business culture.